From 33c979809a9aa2336b92b43e6fc152f53f412226 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:07:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5390f9eb2f..90a1a94d43 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \[the earth\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. +REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it” From 0d894fa76f8ed36c8814752fbf137cd4fa7c7d06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:25:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 90a1a94d43..632d368fa0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. +REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. +REV 1 1 qhah 1 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 ka4f 1 +REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” From b19f693f3a78ddbaf8464ef63954993bfc8ff87e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 632d368fa0..f5eea165fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -3,9 +3,7 @@ REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Int REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. -REV 1 1 qhah 1 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 1 ka4f 1 -REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” From c1d2ee96dfda3036fd1e90db2541fb45d937b4f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:41:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f5eea165fa..437f79892d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Christ. REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." +REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” From 970cf77c5df8a457d3531b940d8172eb93fe14a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:45:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 437f79892d..67abd52a6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Int REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." -REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” -REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it” +REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” +REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could refer to: (1) the **testimony** that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the **testimony** that Jesus Christ has given about himself. From 2668301509054c1c3f3fc732597fdf6eae6870eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:47:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 67abd52a6e..754d9e7405 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introd REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” -REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could refer to: (1) the **testimony** that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the **testimony** that Jesus Christ has given about himself. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 08a85dae7861fde6784c07e5cc179771f76405af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 13:59:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 754d9e7405..2fea811d54 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 lqs9 ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced Alternate translation: “who made a hole in” -REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. This could mean: (1) Christ is the one who began all things and who will end all things. (2) Christ is the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 1 8 t0ga translate-textvariants 1 "'I am the alpha and the omega,' says the Lord God, 'the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty'" (1:8). Some versions add the phrase "the Beginning and the End." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 8 l1ss figs-merism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 Here, **the alpha and the omega** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would move **says the Lord God** to the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) From 5d7380d1c23988d6103fa3703edbde75567f9ddf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2fea811d54..9936109cf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his s REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke” +REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could refer to: (1) the **testimony** that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the **testimony** that Jesus Christ has given about himself. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b881f3cf0bf3aed9f93b7a3d73ecf4d1f4eb7aa6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:15:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9936109cf8..daeae4463b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon tak REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” -REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ This could refer to: (1) the **testimony** that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the **testimony** that Jesus Christ has given about himself. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** could refer to: (1) the testimony that John gives about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. From f55de33529c57ff543ce5265fa6d558a5ae66dd6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:23:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index daeae4463b..fea58c09c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “commun REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** could refer to: (1) the testimony that John gives about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ” (2) the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself. +REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the revelation received from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. From e8b857a0747edd4b37b7d286daac66667bf90455 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:30:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fea58c09c1..5c415c2f68 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon tak REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the revelation received from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. From cd9c70cf633af60d3b49f0eb67cc417fd5f9c752 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:31:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5c415c2f68..f641524825 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the revelation received from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From d8a7c588a7c020a9493a2fd08b743f693adf329b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:33:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f641524825..24eb1ac595 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon tak REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” -REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the revelation received from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. +REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” From 8d2e61204226b087b9be2ad85258c9377a113f4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:36:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 24eb1ac595..5df8ac9bfd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." +REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 6256103831449ede0cf2e1cbd947d889519c7d2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:47:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5df8ac9bfd..58d87c6cfe 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” From 0ca9cbbb67496acefdc8fb7c46047e427b3b02d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 14:49:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 58d87c6cfe..b547f9912d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” From 6e15a40892b717444bd3d80847f674626a0395e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:33:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b547f9912d..42996d07ed 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. From fba2977457f4ee3364aaeb37df288673b5e0a63c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:35:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 42996d07ed..db09214011 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “commun REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** it aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” From 350d75be1695dc75bcfee7b9008a4743965e6eb4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:35:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index db09214011..4071bc5d37 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “commun REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” From e873e6ca9d80483f2f4607610ffb3f662ee03cd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:36:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4071bc5d37..db09214011 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “commun REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” From 75e907d7c2a3b672632d2ab541d08e1749c31c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:39:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index db09214011..b06035f045 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the test REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” +REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen.” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” From 544c8aa350958ba601d8fb94fd3ce532c1284267 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 1 May 2022 22:40:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b06035f045..2b3141d947 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads al REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen.” -REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. +REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ddc317269f25c4bdf3474f74facb667aa794c5f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 11:42:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2b3141d947..d00864c2a6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formattin REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” -REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “communicated it.” +REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “He communicated it.” The subject of the sentence is a pronoun that refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He affirmed.” The subject of the sentence is a relative pronoun that refers to the author John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) From 36bb90faf9cff9637f93dd75af07420da31c835b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 11:43:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d00864c2a6..32d6580a6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon tak REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “He communicated it.” The subject of the sentence is a pronoun that refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He affirmed.” The subject of the sentence is a relative pronoun that refers to the author John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “concerning the message that God spoke.” +REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke.” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. From 26f0086dfc849b8ae0f7c08efd930334f11703a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 11:44:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 32d6580a6e..c1a86a5ac3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate transla REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He affirmed.” The subject of the sentence is a relative pronoun that refers to the author John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke.” -REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as John the Apostle in this case. +REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7cded5b6c456130c7726c31ed61e4ffe3478f350 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 11:50:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c1a86a5ac3..b49260ff23 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 xzjk translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “He communicated it.” The subject of the sentence is a pronoun that refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) From 3b465d642e4059f68ea5e6988c252c02c3ca2dde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 11:56:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b49260ff23..618721363f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads al REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen.” -REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people to whom he is writing the letter. +REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6d2f8f80f3f643f5e9aa01d74f36809f132f8627 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 12:15:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 618721363f..6a9e431b9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). “and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” +REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from Revelation 1:4. Alternative translation: “and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” From a28a4f8b818c1d8ef01da6882dfd1663fbe8bb1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 12:16:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6a9e431b9a..579355e3d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from Revelation 1:4. Alternative translation: “and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” +REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from Revelation 1:4. Alternate translation: "and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ." REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” From 81dc8f6f44f25a5829afb2492631d060f814a0a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 16:46:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 579355e3d1..a8851699d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 x47p translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 REV 1 1 xzjk translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” From dc189198d4c63bab0c38a1521c92036926c65fb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:09:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a8851699d7..dcc5374a4a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 x47p translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 REV 1 1 xzjk translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." From cdfbe6ecfcb9a0f0ef11235a67b442ed6c71d146 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:30:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dcc5374a4a..204bd91ce3 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,10 +1,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 1 x47p translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 -REV 1 1 xzjk translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, 0 This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “He communicated it.” The subject of the sentence is a pronoun that refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -20,7 +18,7 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from Revelation 1:4. Alternate translation: "and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ." +REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: "and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ." REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” From ec15263846ca7ac202d52acd6e0206437233dd6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 17:57:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 204bd91ce3..cec6faaf1a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. -REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants." -REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon.” +REV 1 1 kv41 translate/translate-names ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Revelation. It explains that it is a revelation from Jesus Christ and it gives a blessing to those who read it. Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, "Revelation," "The Revelation of Jesus Christ," "The Revelation to Saint John," or "The Apocalypse of John." Alternatively, translators also can choose a more explanatory title, such as "The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his slaves** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ. Alternative translation: "his servants" +REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” REV 1 1 kez4 writing-pronoun ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known Alternate translation: “He communicated it.” The subject of the sentence is a pronoun that refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John The Apostle **John** wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He affirmed.” The subject of the sentence is a relative pronoun that refers to the author John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) -REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke.” +REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. -REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen.” +REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” From 69c773d446f3c677b7df370bce9ad2685aaeee5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 18:09:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cec6faaf1a..1b34df74dd 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translat REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας, 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. From 0f0b80c2376f6c3419cc18f3fe5a518b3e60e5d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:27:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 98d6bd38c8..528e4dde91 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πρ ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-explicit 1 +ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 719154d569fb2fc473dbbda62168aa07ec90b450 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:28:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 528e4dde91..0c05d6cb5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν πρ ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 22f753138e1a4e8d52c0f62bc72e43f4144b7ad2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:32:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 0c05d6cb5b..59e2d8d46a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -623,8 +623,9 @@ ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 2 oe12 figs-activepassive 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 36fe716f6cbee79a00eacf474fb95c50996b5857 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:52:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 59e2d8d46a..a353e3cfe7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -622,10 +622,10 @@ ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Paul has already concluded that boasting about **works** is excluded in [3:27](../03/27.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “Even if someone would consider Abraham to be right with God by doing what God requires from his people, Abraham still has no reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 oe12 figs-activepassive 1 ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1b0e7bc8fff71f1e1e00c3f96ac26dd4c1cd2f40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:54:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a353e3cfe7..2f9054eec3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -626,6 +626,7 @@ ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 me3d figs-explicit grammar-connect-logic-contrast 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was just stated. Instead, to be **justified by works** does not impress God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 9339af75a0b7f940f29b8b309dbe6e362bd5dc34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:56:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2f9054eec3..61e7404506 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 me3d figs-explicit grammar-connect-logic-contrast 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was just stated. Instead, to be **justified by works** does not impress God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was just stated. Although people ay be impressed by **works**, a person is not **justified by works** from God’s perspective. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From df7bf01bd7b7d4762c7cd95ac1ddbb26e2b6b8ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 19:59:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 61e7404506..7eaa0c500f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was just stated. Although people ay be impressed by **works**, a person is not **justified by works** from God’s perspective. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **justified by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 66468decf0467c1a5429141d4a82209f0b064ee7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:04:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7eaa0c500f..2b083ca367 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -626,7 +626,8 @@ ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **justified by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works** . If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 9dc85b78fd4fafa916588993d4f8635cd3575baa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:07:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2b083ca367..d77ee27eb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates th ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works** . If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, God does not make righteous those who simply hear his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works** . If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1b87e26c26987f66407287b3efd51444b341ef3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:07:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d77ee27eb7..481b47b43a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates th ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works** . If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e52df277f8c8876f205aa0fb5c10c3ebcfe52b77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:12:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 481b47b43a..31f8128d06 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 For what does the scripture say Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4ebf056d5a14e7331f12ccd5d62bfc94bc4c07ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:13:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 31f8128d06..b1a4c9eb69 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 3 w9i5 figs-rquestion γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n +ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 880710d2d55d82d6cf5c50dd2f8014b672f7bb90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:21:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b1a4c9eb69..7d3cb0e8ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish bel ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 4 3 r9te figs-personification τί γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Paul speaks of the Scriptures as if they were alive and could talk. Alternate translation: “For we can read in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 4 3 r9te figs-idiom τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 This phrase or a slight variation of this phrase is a New Testament idiom meaning “what is written in the Bible.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what do the Old Testament scriptures tell us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d4a782a39d888011c14cc94f9ff5c4f65a7edb64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:27:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7d3cb0e8ac..ffb441dcc7 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish bel ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n -ROM 4 3 r9te figs-idiom τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 This phrase or a slight variation of this phrase is a New Testament idiom meaning “what is written in the Bible.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what do the Old Testament scriptures tell us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n +ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 97563a313a745a4720286182a72b30e41adcba61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:43:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ffb441dcc7..21a068fbbb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as a righteous person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” From a6f76ae4020a9c781267d4312ccfd35ecbcc492c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:44:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 21a068fbbb..876a32d90d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -630,7 +630,8 @@ ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned him as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 3 qked figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνην 1 ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” From e2eb7317c357f418d4075370c9503a17bd893e6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:44:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 876a32d90d..d709a96094 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n -ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned him as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνην 1 ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 93c42b4e861f21d150b5464225cdd4d9d5d32811 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 20:48:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d709a96094..846c14c8b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **A ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 3 qked figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνην 1 +ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” From fad85a671ec75c245b83978aa4fcc2b343e3d0fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:16:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 846c14c8b4..da62511ed4 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -632,6 +632,7 @@ ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” From ef4d7b7e95876b7f2abadeaa77f33491b819ffd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:19:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index da62511ed4..04f5da3c8c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one counts what the employer pays him as a gift from the employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “what he earns is not considered grace” or “what he earns is not regarded as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d7bb9f3fd74c577c79662aa846a1e3a03ec2941e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:19:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 04f5da3c8c..7ddaf3d725 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “what he earns is not considered grace” or “what he earns is not regarded as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what he earns is not considered grace” or “what he earns is not regarded as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 311718a7519aa79d5507e8c38c24df339b35af7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:21:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7ddaf3d725..5abafd8281 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what he earns is not considered grace” or “what he earns is not regarded as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From edcd5917c59380fc5486185777ebf3ba89e00c95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:24:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5abafd8281..bc9656d143 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαι ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as what is owed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but as what his employer owes him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious” or “something gifted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” From d649a2b83a8171f1ab018f6ecdc535854ebd6b47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:26:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index bc9656d143..5994157fdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -634,7 +634,8 @@ ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαι ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious” or “something gifted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 tmcd figs-abstractnouns 1 ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” From b602a3a9e065e1da9378600854e6e5a2c444cb74 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:29:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 5994157fdd..8d74c1f31d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 4 tmcd figs-abstractnouns 1 ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b975b633c03544aa07732fa6e794de4b7436ea98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:46:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8d74c1f31d..3af8611327 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -632,11 +632,11 @@ ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 oojx grammar-connect-words-phrases τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 4 tmcd figs-abstractnouns 1 ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” From 9dac3318d432dc86a18439977bdb1bc4ac326d9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 21:57:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 3af8611327..ed683ced8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -632,8 +632,8 @@ ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regarded him as righteous” or “God reckoned Abraham as being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 4 oojx grammar-connect-words-phrases τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who works**, Paul is referring to being **made righteous by works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From 273f176a3fca09c8e83f4929282965aa80d94fb8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:08:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ed683ced8b..94e1fcacd6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” +ROM 4 5 ynp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τῷ δὲ μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 in the one who justifies Here, **But to the one who does not work** is in contrast to “Now to the one who works” in [4:4](../04/04.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However, to the one who does not work” or “Instead, the person who does not perform what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 6f6be2f2657eb0231caa0ea7331efe4e6dc2c6b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:14:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 94e1fcacd6..36f1798702 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 5 ynp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τῷ δὲ μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 in the one who justifies Here, **But to the one who does not work** is in contrast to “Now to the one who works” in [4:4](../04/04.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However, to the one who does not work” or “Instead, the person who does not perform what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From dd39c9f20e621d678b04968f75a6a9b947d708fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:23:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 36f1798702..31328ec3b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -638,6 +638,7 @@ ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κα ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 4 5 e30u figs-parallelism δὲ 1 ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From baba62031800e727a8e4f77cda750e58ff291e1d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:24:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 31328ec3b2..aeb3bf0c3d 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of works. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 By, **the one who works**, Paul is referring to being **made righteous by works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 5 e30u figs-parallelism δὲ 1 From dd77cc80614ea0e56a85513e071c9bbaa5941366 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:25:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index aeb3bf0c3d..d160c92e2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κα ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n -ROM 4 5 e30u figs-parallelism δὲ 1 +ROM 4 5 e30u figs-parallelism δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 1847007cb4b840f487362c58856125338c808695 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:26:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index d160c92e2f..a8de72ec2b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κα ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n -ROM 4 5 e30u figs-parallelism δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 56973ff245ab2810b5c45dcdeefc6d785bbe6da6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:29:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a8de72ec2b..afd723fee0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -639,6 +639,7 @@ ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημ ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who justifies** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From f790af7a63c6b5772f0ceefaea7da9dad22e8ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:30:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index afd723fee0..ce1a94c20b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημ ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who justifies** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 653ebddbdfbf333e01144368040b0929efa1c20d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:34:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ce1a94c20b..b5bd66a7d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -640,6 +640,7 @@ ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημ ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From ea3eaa1b5a973d153371575d684dc994d36bb03c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:43:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index b5bd66a7d0..90fb810d2f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -641,6 +641,7 @@ ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 5534b69f3ccb5c9d13470a7bf22fc52775eff05d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:44:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 90fb810d2f..c01f44ebf0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -641,8 +641,8 @@ ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 44b92cb0fdd191b87400e1d6d488f298f3950788 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:48:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index c01f44ebf0..7d8372a4b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -641,8 +641,8 @@ ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regards that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 992fd61b0972f61bcfa829b5647874170c4c426a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:49:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7d8372a4b6..fa74b5b584 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God regards that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 8ac77835f6cc8dbdb6f7c62eac1fa532dfa63131 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 22:56:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index fa74b5b584..8c31e78d49 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 5 s00l figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 12a000313834be625e7e2b5fdbd35ebe5fd20e24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Mon, 2 May 2022 23:02:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8c31e78d49..8c66379642 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is t ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” +ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2852b16f0e1985c0f18bb11e7d45fe5b70054c95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 06:01:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1b34df74dd..49a2259c89 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translat REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message to the intended audience that God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's content to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. From f9e6c89e33884426c5181112f0e9824f46d59918 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 06:03:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 49a2259c89..f51164edfb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translat REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message to the intended audience that God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's content to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message to the intended audience that God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. From 8f567b87e87af6f63907bdb4c9f0285beb0a634f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 06:40:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f51164edfb..b8e6eca307 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translat REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message to the intended audience that God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 153a5029f10b0b0f8a758855844fb35c1bebb93e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 06:42:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b8e6eca307..65d4447ef2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He affirmed.” The subject of the sentence is a relative pronoun that refers to the author John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. -REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” From d39a13211c8c73c7f234599262330d4e231f5e9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 07:06:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 65d4447ef2..98908d99de 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -10,12 +10,13 @@ REV 1 2 tgts writing-pronoun ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 Alternate translat REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Alternate translation: “the message that God spoke” REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Here, the **personal attestation** refers to the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about the personal revelation received directly from God to show to the servants of Christ, such as the author John in this case. REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +REV 1 3 cbzn μακάριος 1 Here, **Fortunate** and **Happy** both refer to someone who is happy as a result of God blessing that individual. A person who is blessed becomes happy as a result of God greatly benefiting that individual. Alternate translation: "Blessed" REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) -REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” +REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon or quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is Alternate translation: “God, who is” +REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: "and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ." From 50afc42f98df865a95db4e5bcb1f5fc85aa3451a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 07:07:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 98908d99de..63c36b9004 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads al REV 1 3 cbzn μακάριος 1 Here, **Fortunate** and **Happy** both refer to someone who is happy as a result of God blessing that individual. A person who is blessed becomes happy as a result of God greatly benefiting that individual. Alternate translation: "Blessed" REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) -REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon or quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. +REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c7417e53428c54be219ae2851b7ed974a6d15c07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 07:26:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 63c36b9004..3add10863e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads al REV 1 3 cbzn μακάριος 1 Here, **Fortunate** and **Happy** both refer to someone who is happy as a result of God blessing that individual. A person who is blessed becomes happy as a result of God greatly benefiting that individual. Alternate translation: "Blessed" REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) -REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” +REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 766ad97ffa459f98a298662b4424d4d9ccfeca5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:01:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8c66379642..960724d91f 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Th ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he might be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From b5b29efd1db514ab2bd872aae205059b543c8a8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:01:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 960724d91f..10b032bc5b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Th ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “since God is forbearing” or “because of God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md). ROM 3 26 v1c9 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he might be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 26 jjwq figs-idiom εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9b2ce93532f95f4aa3a16371887e7678e33a0925 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:04:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 10b032bc5b..e9f3bf0013 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be justified in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 20 gaa3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be declared righteous in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 954ebbfb3a235ca4977a7cb795bace8fd45782d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:07:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index e9f3bf0013..8b6785e88a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely justified** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely made righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ecb88fe48f28f26e8d48a69303af40183f53228c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:07:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8b6785e88a..56e8b904e0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -566,8 +566,8 @@ ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely justifies them” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely made righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-activepassive δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely declares them righteous” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 mwbg figs-ellipsis τῆς 2 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were occupying space inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all humanity by uniting it to **Christ Jesus**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you can express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 58597d96f82867db21bf5202ba0ce1480ef4ca72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:30:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 56e8b904e0..aeca488815 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -644,6 +644,7 @@ ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9944b9d0ef91daa935306f21e11cc3388f3e901e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:39:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index aeca488815..ea07eef90b 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of love, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From f1a7a23c4709cf55660f48d4a444ec2c79a25fe7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:41:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ea07eef90b..ade807b422 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -638,6 +638,7 @@ ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κα ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 4 avcm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (begin a new sentence like the UST): “On the contrary, it is counted as an obligation” or “Actually, it is regarded as an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 figs-parallelism 1 in the one who justifies [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar language, to contrast the “the one who works” with **the one who does not work**. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas that use similar language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 4 5 x9y5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows describes the nature of what **makes righteous**. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 5 e30u grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the idea of **work**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is that **the one who makes righteous** is God (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:27](../03/27.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who makes righteous” or “God who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From f125f65e8d8ab2c8ab03ac2e1e9ae58eab2d9c1d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:48:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index ade807b422..8489199734 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -646,6 +646,7 @@ ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 6 vyse figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 25bb3885dfd7189f8732c19b6927b5c939dcc9a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:48:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8489199734..86dd128110 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 vyse figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 08764f7d5bdec8340022c25ceb7e33c12b09a914 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:51:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 86dd128110..302c04fbaf 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -647,6 +647,7 @@ ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαι ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 4182f7c73b97f9d5caac8e23c6836747e2cfa922 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:56:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 302c04fbaf..a7d19191f2 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -648,6 +648,7 @@ ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testam ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n +ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 92fadc5696c7a254fb8194060c3eb6bcc56e8825 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:57:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index a7d19191f2..672a640abd 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -649,6 +649,7 @@ ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρ ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From d4889f53f296448baf068c384ee66b4ca83df3ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:59:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 672a640abd..8d3e2a3490 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -650,6 +650,7 @@ ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπ ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n +ROM 4 6 o260 figs-abstractnouns 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From f4a6a0653cbd90365dab5fe4c2ed07c100bccf6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 14:59:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8d3e2a3490..03a207e9fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 3 31 f8ft grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to the Jewish assumption that **law** and **faith** are contradictory. Instead, Paul asserts that the ideas of **law** and **faith** actually reinforce one another. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” or “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8b2e586f6454ca0cfaf46452140ffa1fb2c64404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 15:01:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 03a207e9fb..81e6edbec3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπ ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n -ROM 4 6 o260 figs-abstractnouns 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). +ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From bd3846485234c9e9cdeaea7a4493856c2c93dcc6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 16:05:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 81e6edbec3..8afb6efd25 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισ ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants to help readers understand that the ancient promises found in the writings of the **prophets** of the **holy scriptures** of the Jewish people about the coming of the Messiah or Christ were now coming true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants readers to understand that the ancient promises are now coming true, promises about the coming of Christ, the Messiah, found in the writings of the **prophets** in the Jewish **holy scriptures**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Here, **Son** could refer to: (1) the divine nature of Jesus. Alternate translation: “God’s divine Son” (2) the human nature of Jesus as “Christ” (See [1:1,6](../01/01.md)). Because **Son** is an Old Testament title that can refer to David and his descendants as God’s chosen kings (See [2 Samuel 7:14; Psalm 2](2sam/07/14.md), Paul could also be using **Son** as a synonym for God’s anointed king or “Christ.” Alternate translation: “his Son the Christ” or “God’s Son the anointed king” (3) both Jesus’ divine and human natures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 80424f3c7ccad10aa9e0ba0e55ee0fae3338b5b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 16:35:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8afb6efd25..7c82fea98a 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 The implication is t ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … says** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what David wrote in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n From 9d05d282118c3dab1e61a5f01cac752d803a9773 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:05:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 7c82fea98a..71095eb500 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -651,6 +651,7 @@ ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 2e189d528bdec91de82b658ba754eb0fd7d1ce2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:10:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 71095eb500..8afc98f2b3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -651,8 +651,8 @@ ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ee7cfcdd0879a0789981e50095393696c16befbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:11:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8afc98f2b3..1ef98ae28e 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιο ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a1a859d7e995bc0b443a55a6dabe52a93bf5a89b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:12:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 1ef98ae28e..816b827f02 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιο ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4376b871d4c65f6228ebce54597b1d31cc0cd9c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:22:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 816b827f02..8bdc7beda0 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -651,9 +651,11 @@ ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n -ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n +ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 7 xesq figs-ellipsis μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision Here, **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ad1b30cc6c398240d93f6ca5aec5fc14ba121351 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vessoul1973 Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 17:27:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/155] Edit 'en_tn_46-ROM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 8bdc7beda0..e0a675d18c 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -653,8 +653,9 @@ ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n ROM 4 7 gm94 figs-exclamations μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n -ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 7 xesq figs-ellipsis μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 7 op7p figs-nominalad μακάριοι 1 Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-nominalad ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e7c77496fc885d26eaeea1540c9bf478281be8f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 13:36:42 -0400 Subject: [PATCH 120/155] Fix format errors in Romans --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 122 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 61 insertions(+), 61 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 370b3f1f5a..f56e0fddec 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ROM 1 1 x3em writing-participants Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ 1 ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 w6j9 figs-ellipsis κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 1 ji90 grammar-connect-logic-goal εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 2 tobh writing-background ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, 1 In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants readers to understand that the ancient promises are now coming true, promises about the coming of Christ, the Messiah, found in the writings of the **prophets** in the Jewish **holy scriptures**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ ROM 1 8 ci5y figs-distinguish τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 When Paul speaks of **my G ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 qtoy figs-possession διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 mekg writing-pronouns περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 8 d31r figs-possession ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου 1 Paul speaks figurati ROM 1 29 dzda figs-nominaladj μεστοὺς 1 Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 30 f4a0 grammar-collectivenouns κακῶν 1 The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 31 rtic figs-ellipsis ἀνελεήμονας 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 32 ytu6 τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that those who practice such things Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 32 ama2 writing-pronouns οἱ…πράσσοντες 1 these things The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι 1 Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-possession ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -374,16 +374,16 @@ ROM 2 19 xlge figs-personification φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here, * ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-parallelism παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 p7qq figs-nominaladj ἀφρόνων 1 a corrector of the foolish Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 20 ergs figs-parallelism τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion 1 Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 rftq figs-infostructure οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 21 hl38 figs-rpronouns σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])* +ROM 2 22 vb45 figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery? The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-parallelism ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -394,27 +394,27 @@ ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 24 wmfh grammar-connect-logic-result ὑμᾶς 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 2 24 edrf writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 2 25 j4ao figs-parallelism 1 These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 i497 grammar-connect-words-phrases περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-irony ὠφελεῖ 1 The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 2 25 s2dz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone transgresses God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 27 m8gf figs-parallelism 1 This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ φύσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 w7u3 figs-ellipsis σὲ τὸν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 2 27 pree figs-metaphor σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-metaphor 1 ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος

1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 28 bl6h figs-parallelism 1 merely outward in the flesh These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 outwardly Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ ROM 2 29 dbp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word ROM 2 29 hkk4 figs-parallelism ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 cumm figs-parallelism περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These two contrasting clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 29 v149 figs-parallelism ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 inwardly These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 29 dd3p figs-synecdoche γράμματι 1 in the Spirit, not in the letter Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ ROM 3 1 gcd6 figs-ellipsis τί…τίς 1 Then what advantage does the Jew have ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 2 f2fa grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι 1 Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-idiom τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -455,8 +455,8 @@ ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been ROM 3 4 x6ax figs-parallelism ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-abstractnouns ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 gw3a figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 q6js figs-ellipsis μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -465,44 +465,44 @@ ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a h ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-declarative κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnoun ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 7 h61j εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-activepassive τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM 3 7 oplr grammar-connect-condition-contrary τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 kl58 figs-simile ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 g19d grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς…καθώς 1 Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])* -ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])* -ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])* -ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])* -ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
* -ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])* -ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])* -ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
* -ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])* -ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* -ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])* -ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 8 m5xx figs-parallelism καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 8 cn1c figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 The judgment on them is just If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 8 h68w figs-explicit τινες 1 Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 8 qc9n figs-quotations ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ROM 3 8 uocy figs-imperative ποιήσωμεν 1 Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ROM 3 8 ukgb figs-nominaladj τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά 1 Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 8 r0d8 figs-abstractnouns τὰ κακὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 8 bs94 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 8 vd6y figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀγαθά 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 8 o2nu writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 8 zwlg figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu figs-rquestion τί οὖν 1 Connecting Statement: Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 9 gfa3 figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])* -ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])* -ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])* -ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])* +ROM 3 9 drcx figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 9 fia9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 What then? Are we excusing ourselves? Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 9 q88t figs-merism Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας 1 Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 3 9 s0px figs-metaphor πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations) ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -511,52 +511,52 @@ ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 2 Paul ROM 3 11 wkjb figs-extrainfo ὁ συνίων 1 By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ἐκζητῶν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 12 kx0f figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 t684 figs-parallelism πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy 1 Their tongues have deceived Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing thrice, in slightly different ways, to show how damaging the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing thrice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 daji grammar-collectivenouns ὁ λάρυγξ 1 The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 3 13 pemg figs-personification ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])* +ROM 3 14 df77 figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])* -ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ROM 3 14 wtey grammar-collectivenouns ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει 1 The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 3 14 wisb figs-hendiadys ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 15 kfio figs-ellipsis ὀξεῖς 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 16 lyh1 figs-hendiadys σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 Destruction and suffering are in their paths This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 3 16 ea6l figs-ellipsis ἐν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM 3 16 dmzr figs-personification ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-personification καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 17 v3hy figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 xcp7 figs-personification οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 cu9x figs-metonymy ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 in order that every mouth may be shut Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-personification ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 c83b figs-ellipsis διότι…ἐπίγνωσις 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** and **is** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+ROM 3 20 q03b figs-doublenegatives οὐ…πᾶσα 1 Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-idiom σὰρξ 1 flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-nominaladj πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 P ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n +ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 ywpg figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -609,15 +609,15 @@ ROM 3 26 ea49 figs-ellipsis τὸν\n\n 1 A word is left out here in the origin ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion 0 Where then is boasting? It is excluded In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 27 jvnx figs-ellipsis ποῦ οὖν 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 s66z figs-possession ποίου νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί, 1 Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 28 jtqq grammar-connect-words-phrases λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -625,13 +625,13 @@ ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works ROM 3 29 c606 figs-ellipsis ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ 1 Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 hdbq figs-exclamations οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 30 dech figs-ellipsis εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-parallelism ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold the law Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐ ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καθάπερ…λέγει 1 In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 6 x40j grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n From d715e0191b3e1090442f2cd02c2b321abd134d32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 18:00:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 34 ++++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 95e9dd0ebc..af76c6736b 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -475,24 +475,22 @@ LEV 12 7 w9ty figs-activepassive וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר LEV 12 8 vh6a figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ 1 And if her hand does not find enough for a lamb Translate this so it clarifies the woman’s inability to purchase a sacrificial animal. Alternate translation: “If she does not have enough money to buy a lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 12 8 q6q1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽרָה 1 Then she will be clean A woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 intro fn27 0 # Leviticus 13 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) -LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 2 ukq4 1 to one of his sons Alternate translation: “to one of Aaron’s sons” -LEV 13 3 xqd3 1 skin of his body Here “his” refers to the person with the skin disease. -LEV 13 3 e37q 1 infectious disease a sickness that can spread easily from one person to another -LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor 1 he must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “the priest must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 5 g2eb 1 the priest must examine him Here “him” refers to the person with the skin disease. -LEV 13 5 z468 1 if it has not spread in the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body. -LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal 1 seventh day Alternate translation: “day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him clean … he is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 6 wn1f 1 rash This is an area of the skin that is irritated, but the rash will not spread to other people. -LEV 13 7 g8y4 1 he … himself This refers to the person with the skin disease. -LEV 13 8 ym6d figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 8 lsj4 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 9 f447 figs-activepassive 1 he must be brought to the priest The priests determined if a disease was spreading. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must bring him to the priest” or “he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 10 y3fz 1 if there is raw flesh in the swelling Here “raw flesh” could refer to open sores on the skin or it could refer to new skin that has grown, but the area around it is still diseased. Either one indicates that the skin disease is not healing properly. -LEV 13 11 l2em 1 chronic skin disease This is a disease that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time. -LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean … he is already unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce the person … he is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 2 gy4s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָא֙ 1 then he must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him” or “then he must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 2 ukq4 אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 one of his sons Alternate translation: “one of Aaron’s sons” +LEV 13 3 xqd3 מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 on the skin of his body Here, **his** refers to the person with the skin disease. +LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 and will pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. Alternate translation: “must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 5 g2eb וְ⁠רָאָ֣⁠הוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֮ 1 And the priest must look at him Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease. +LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 13 5 z468 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו לֹֽא־ פָשָׂ֥ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר 1 and if the skin disease has stayed unchanged in his eyes and the skin disease has not spread on the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body. +LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהֲר֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 then the priest will pronounce him clean … and then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 6 wn1f מִסְפַּ֣חַת 1 a rash A **rash** is an area of the skin that is irritated. +LEV 13 8 ym6d figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 8 lsj4 צָרַ֥עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 13 9 f447 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 then he must be brought to the priest The **priest** would determine if a disease was spreading. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then someone must bring him to the priest” or “then he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 10 y3fz וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 and there is new raw flesh Here, **new raw flesh** could refer to open sores on the skin or it could refer to new skin that has grown, but the area around it is still diseased. Either one indicates that the skin disease is not healing properly. +LEV 13 11 l2em צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת 1 chronic skin disease A **chronic** **disease** is one that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time. +LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן…כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא 1 and the priest must pronounce him unclean … because he is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֖ר אֶת־ הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע…טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 then he must pronounce the infected person clean … He is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor 1 But if … he will be unclean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor 1 The priest must … pronounce him unclean because the raw flesh is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 15 kj82 1 pronounce him unclean Here “him” refers to the person with the skin disease. From 6ff51e502cb0e1adbafdd49bb787129aaf0719af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 18:12:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index af76c6736b..8b2a2b4269 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ LEV 13 10 y3fz וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י 1 and there LEV 13 11 l2em צָרַ֨עַת נוֹשֶׁ֤נֶת 1 chronic skin disease A **chronic** **disease** is one that continues or reoccurs over a long period of time. LEV 13 11 w1up figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן…כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא 1 and the priest must pronounce him unclean … because he is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 13 fw71 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֖ר אֶת־ הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע…טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 then he must pronounce the infected person clean … He is clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor 1 But if … he will be unclean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean and the man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor 1 The priest must … pronounce him unclean because the raw flesh is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 15 kj82 1 pronounce him unclean Here “him” refers to the person with the skin disease. -LEV 13 15 uk5q 1 raw flesh See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:10](../13/10.md). -LEV 13 15 c219 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce that person to be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 18 kw5i 1 a boil a painful area on the skin that is infected -LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 14 jl2x figs-metaphor יִטְמָֽא 1 he will be unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 15 nz1y figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֑⁠וֹ…טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא 1 and pronounce him unclean …it is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 15 kj82 וְ⁠טִמְּא֑⁠וֹ 1 and pronounce him unclean Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease. +LEV 13 15 uk5q הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י 1 The raw flesh See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:10](../13/10.md). +LEV 13 15 c219 צָרַ֥עַת 1 is a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע 1 then the priest will pronounce the infected person clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 18 kw5i שְׁחִ֑ין 1 a boil A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. +LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 21 k5ud 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From df5dadf89081b55f41c8279ef5a79a3511e76880 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 18:47:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 8b2a2b4269..d16442177d 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ LEV 13 15 c219 צָרַ֥עַת 1 is a skin disease See how you translated thes LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־ הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע 1 then the priest will pronounce the infected person clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 18 kw5i שְׁחִ֑ין 1 a boil A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 21 k5ud 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 744e6ec635eb3cc183872b6e0eb593edef3723c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 20:16:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 49 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index d16442177d..2fdfd7239a 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -500,31 +500,30 @@ LEV 13 17 q53z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֧ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־ LEV 13 18 kw5i שְׁחִ֑ין 1 a boil A **boil** is a painful, swollen area on the skin that is infected. LEV 13 19 gc9j figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 then it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then he must show it to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 13 20 c8ux figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמְּא֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 21 k5ud 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. -LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 25 nx6x 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 25 a7iw figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 26 a2pm 1 examines it Here “it” refers to the burn on the person’s skin. -LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 27 jw1d 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive 1 then he must be shaved, but the diseased area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person must shave the hair near the sore but not the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 34 rr4u 1 the disease Here “the disease” refers to the disease on the person’s head or chin. -LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor 1 the priest must pronounce him clean … he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor 1 after the priest said he was clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 36 p6fx figs-metaphor 1 The person is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 37 grx5 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean … him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 39 c13i 1 a dull white Alternate translation: “a faded white” -LEV 13 39 v8r7 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). -LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations 1 He is clean Here “He” refers to both men and women in general. Alternate translation: “That person is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor 1 he is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 42 vwu4 1 infectious disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor 1 he is unclean … pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 46 zw43 1 outside the camp The camp is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others. +LEV 13 21 k5ud יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה 1 looks at it Here, **it** refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. +LEV 13 22 k8b8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֧א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 23 cfg4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהֲר֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 And the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 25 nx6x צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא…צָרַ֖עַת 1 then it is a skin disease … skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 13 25 a7iw figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֤א אֹת⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 And the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 26 a2pm יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה 1 looks at it Here, **it** refers to the burn on the person’s skin. +LEV 13 27 a6sa figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 27 jw1d צָרַ֖עַת 1 skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 13 28 rye3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִֽהֲר⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 And the priest must pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 30 ks4d figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִמֵּ֨א אֹת֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 then the priest must pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 33 li6b figs-activepassive הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ 1 the itchy area must not be shaved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but he must not shave the hair on the sore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 34 c5dp figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֤ר אֹת⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 then the priest must pronounce him clean … and he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 35 xt5g figs-metaphor אַחֲרֵ֖י טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 after he pronounced him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 36 p6fx figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 He is unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 37 grx5 figs-metaphor טָה֣וֹר ה֑וּא וְ⁠טִהֲר֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 He is clean, and the priest will pronounce him clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 39 c13i כֵּה֣וֹת לְבָנֹ֑ת 1 are a dull white Alternate translation: “are a faded white” +LEV 13 39 v8r7 בֹּ֥הַק 1 a rash See how you translated **rash** in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). +LEV 13 39 e8v5 figs-gendernotations טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean Here, **He** refers to both men and women in general. Alternate translation: “That person is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +LEV 13 39 gbm1 figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 40 b37h figs-metaphor טָה֥וֹר הֽוּא 1 He is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 42 vwu4 צָרַ֤עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֑וּא טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 is unclean. The priest must surely pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א׀ טָמֵ֖א 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 46 zw43 מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה 1 outside the camp The **camp** is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others. LEV 13 47 yjv7 1 A garment that is contaminated with mildew Alternate translation: “A garment that has mildew on it” or “A garment that mildews” LEV 13 47 y61v 1 contaminated to become impure because something harmful has been added to it LEV 13 47 x2v4 1 mildew a fungus, often white in color, that grows on things that are damp or moist From 89f1fc004f32953bc48c45f92937a5413c91e6b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 20:57:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 2fdfd7239a..ff7567da80 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -524,31 +524,26 @@ LEV 13 42 vwu4 צָרַ֤עַת 1 a skin disease See how you translated these w LEV 13 44 i6x8 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֑וּא טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 is unclean. The priest must surely pronounce him unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 45 m4ek figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א׀ טָמֵ֖א 1 Unclean, unclean The person whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 13 46 zw43 מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה 1 outside the camp The **camp** is the area where the majority of Israelites lived. The unclean person was not permitted to live among them because his disease may spread to others. -LEV 13 47 yjv7 1 A garment that is contaminated with mildew Alternate translation: “A garment that has mildew on it” or “A garment that mildews” -LEV 13 47 y61v 1 contaminated to become impure because something harmful has been added to it -LEV 13 47 x2v4 1 mildew a fungus, often white in color, that grows on things that are damp or moist -LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive 1 or anything woven or knitted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or anything that someone has woven or knitted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 49 bk97 1 if there is a greenish or reddish contamination in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish mildew in the garment” -LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive 1 it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal 1 seventh day “Seventh” is the ordinal number for 7. Alternate translation: “day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive 1 anything in which leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor 1 the item is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 52 s6sy figs-activepassive 1 anything in which the harmful mildew is found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything on which he found the harmful mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 52 hqg2 1 it can lead to disease The harmful mildew could cause disease in a person who comes in contact with the item. -LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive 1 The item must be completely burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 54 zq9x 1 then he will command them Here the priest is telling the people what to do with household items that were possibly infected. Alternate translation: “then the priest will command the owners” -LEV 13 54 b4cj figs-activepassive 1 in which the mildew was found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which they found the mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 55 wsk2 figs-activepassive 1 after the mildewed item was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they washed the mildewed item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 55 twr6 figs-metaphor 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 55 v5wf 1 You must burn the item Here “you” does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone must burn the object. -LEV 13 56 h4my figs-activepassive 1 after it was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner washed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 57 t251 1 You must burn Here “you” does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone must burn the item. -LEV 13 58 bc84 figs-activepassive 1 if you wash the item If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if the owner washes it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 58 kxv3 figs-activepassive 1 then the item must be washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the owner must wash it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor 1 it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 13 59 h1gy 1 mildew in a garment … made with leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md). -LEV 13 59 llt7 1 so that you may pronounce it Alternate translation: “so that a priest may declare it” -LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor 1 clean or unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically clean and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 47 yjv7 וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 As for the garment, when it has in it the infection of skin disease Alternate translation: “A garment that has and infection of skin disease in it” or “A garment that is diseased with an infection” +LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 in anything made with leather If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in anything that someone has made from leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 49 bk97 וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הַ⁠נֶּ֜גַע יְרַקְרַ֣ק׀ א֣וֹ אֲדַמְדָּ֗ם בַּ⁠בֶּגֶד֩ 1 if the infection is greenish or reddish in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish infection in the garment” +LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 And it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה 1 whatever the work for which the leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 In the fire it must be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 54 zq9x וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 then the priest will command Here the **priest** is telling the people what to do with household items that were possibly infected. Alternate translation: “then the priest will command the owners” +LEV 13 55 wsk2 figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֣י׀ הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס 1 after being washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they have washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 55 twr6 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֣א ה֔וּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 55 v5wf תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 you must burn it Here, **you** does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone **must burn** the object. +LEV 13 56 h4my figs-activepassive אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 after it was washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner washed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 57 t251 תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 you must burn it Here, **you** does not refer to the priest specifically. It just means someone **must burn** the item. +LEV 13 58 bc84 figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָ֥ר מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע 1 and the infection was removed from them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the item is no longer infected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 58 kxv3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס 1 it must be washed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner must wash it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 13 58 bbr2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 and it will be clean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 13 59 h1gy צָרַ֜עַת בֶּ֥גֶד…כָּל־ כְּלִי־ ע֑וֹר 1 skin disease of the garment of … any article of leather See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:47-48](./47.md). +LEV 13 59 llt7 לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ 1 for pronouncing it clean or for pronouncing it unclean Alternate translation: “so that a priest may declare that it is clean or that it is unclean” +LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ 1 for pronouncing it clean or for pronouncing it unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **clean** and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. LEV 14 2 mv99 1 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. From 171ca7c105971f2d85998238508557628cb2d082 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Tue, 3 May 2022 21:27:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index ff7567da80..cac91ba270 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -546,14 +546,14 @@ LEV 13 59 llt7 לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ LEV 13 59 h98k figs-metaphor לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ 1 for pronouncing it clean or for pronouncing it unclean Something that God has declared to be fit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **clean** and something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 intro u79h 0 # Leviticus 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) LEV 14 1 gi74 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. -LEV 14 2 mv99 1 the day of his cleansing This refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. -LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive 1 He must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him to the priest” or “He must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 3 b7wz 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 14 4 slt9 figs-activepassive 1 the one to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor 1 clean birds Birds that God allowed the people to eat and offer as sacrifices are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 4 gdc5 1 scarlet yarn Alternate translation: “red yarn” -LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown 1 hyssop an herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive 1 the bird that was killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 2 mv99 בְּ⁠י֖וֹם טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ 1 on the day of his cleansing This refers to the **day** on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. +LEV 14 2 d521 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן 1 And he must be brought to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must bring him to the priest” or “And he must go to the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 3 b7wz נֶֽגַע־ הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת 1 the infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 14 4 slt9 figs-activepassive לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 for the one who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖וֹת טְהֹר֑וֹת 1 two live, clean birds The **birds** that God allowed the people to eat and offer as sacrifices are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 4 gdc5 וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת 1 and crimson yarn Alternate translation: “and red yarn” +LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב 1 and hyssop The word **hyssop** refer to a herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחֻטָ֔ה 1 the bird that was slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him to be clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 8 m3zs 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. From 5b182e4e40093a9a5e0ae912ecd94cc0110dc089 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 14:37:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 32 +++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index cac91ba270..b7971d6080 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -554,23 +554,21 @@ LEV 14 4 t9pk figs-metaphor שְׁתֵּֽי־ צִפֳּרִ֥ים חַיּ֖ו LEV 14 4 gdc5 וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת 1 and crimson yarn Alternate translation: “and red yarn” LEV 14 4 ws3c translate-unknown וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב 1 and hyssop The word **hyssop** refer to a herb with a pleasant smell that was used for medicine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) LEV 14 6 aws9 figs-activepassive הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחֻטָ֔ה 1 the bird that was slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that the person killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor 1 the priest will pronounce him to be clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 8 m3zs 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron what the people must do when someone is cleansed of a skin disease. -LEV 14 8 dni4 figs-activepassive 1 The person who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person whom the priest is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 8 v8ty figs-metaphor 1 then he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 10 jjr4 1 he must take Here “he” refers to the man who was cleansed. -LEV 14 10 vzq4 translate-bvolume 1 ephah One ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 10 ys2l translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 11 d4tp figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 12 i44p translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 13 i44q 1 in the area of the tabernacle This phrase clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. -LEV 14 14 pnv5 figs-activepassive 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 15 zyb9 translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 16 f3cv 1 sprinkle some of the oil … before Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” -LEV 14 17 l7kz 1 the rest of the oil in his hand Alternate translation: “the rest of the oil that is in his hand” -LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive 1 the person to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 18 vmy1 1 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” +LEV 14 7 cj5v figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 7 m1fj figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִ֣הֲר֔⁠וֹ 1 and he will pronounce him clean The person whom other people may touch and who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 8 dni4 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר 1 the one who is being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom the priest is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 8 v8ty figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵ֔ר 1 and then he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 10 jjr4 יִקַּ֤ח 1 he must take Here, **he** refers to the man who was cleansed. +LEV 14 10 vzq4 translate-bvolume וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים 1 and three-tenths of an ephah of One **ephah** is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 10 ys2l translate-bvolume וְ⁠לֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן 1 and one log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 11 d4tp figs-activepassive אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the person who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 12 i44p translate-bvolume לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 13 i44q בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the holy place Here, **in the holy place** clarifies the previous phrase and further defines where the priest was to kill the lamb. +LEV 14 14 pnv5 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 15 zyb9 translate-bvolume מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 some of the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 16 f3cv וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֧מֶן…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 and sprinkle some of the oil … before the face of Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the **oil** on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” +LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 the person being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 18 vmy1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive 1 him who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor 1 he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 21 c76j 1 cannot afford Alternate translation: “does not have enough money to buy” From 3e43e729b85393ca500f36cd402a501528d5eaa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 15:06:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 51 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index b7971d6080..552f1f8e99 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -569,34 +569,31 @@ LEV 14 15 zyb9 translate-bvolume מִ⁠לֹּ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 som LEV 14 16 f3cv וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֧מֶן…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 and sprinkle some of the oil … before the face of Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the **oil** on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” LEV 14 17 c24c figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 the person being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 18 vmy1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” -LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive 1 him who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor 1 he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 21 c76j 1 cannot afford Alternate translation: “does not have enough money to buy” -LEV 14 21 azv9 figs-activepassive 1 to be waved … for himself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave … for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 21 hwj7 translate-bvolume 1 one-tenth of an ephah One-tenth of an ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 21 aj8d translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 24 u8i7 translate-bvolume 1 log One log is 0.31 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 14 25 g7wh figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 27 lk7b 1 sprinkle … some of the oil … before Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the oil on. Alternate translation: “sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” -LEV 14 28 n3d5 figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 30 hg23 1 He must offer Alternate translation: “The priest must offer” -LEV 14 31 ap91 figs-activepassive 1 the one who is to be cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 32 eka8 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 14 32 p78r figs-explicit 1 who is not able to afford Translate this so it is clear that the person does not have enough money to purchase a standard offering. Alternate translation: “who does not have enough money to buy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 14 34 snu5 figs-you 1 When you have come Here “you” refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 14 34 u9um 1 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md). +LEV 14 19 hs6x figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 20 jn3n figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 and he will be clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 21 c76j וְ⁠אֵ֣ין יָד⁠וֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ 1 and his hand is not reaching Alternate translation: “he does not have enough money to buy” +LEV 14 21 azv9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠תְנוּפָ֖ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 to be waved, to make atonement for him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest will wave to make atonement for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 21 hwj7 translate-bvolume וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד 1 and one-tenth of an ephah of fine flour One-tenth of an **ephah** is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 21 aj8d translate-bvolume וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן 1 and a log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 24 u8i7 translate-bvolume לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן 1 and the log of oil One **log** was 0.3 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 14 25 g7wh figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 27 lk7b וְ⁠הִזָּ֤ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙… מִן־ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֕מֶן…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 And the priest will sprinkle … some of the oil … before the face of Yahweh There is no indication of what the priest sprinkled the **oil** on. Alternate translation: “And the priest will sprinkle … some of the oil … in Yahweh’s presence” +LEV 14 28 n3d5 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 30 hg23 וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה 1 And he must offer Alternate translation: “And the priest must offer” +LEV 14 31 ap91 figs-activepassive הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר 1 the one being cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one he is cleansing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 32 eka8 נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת 1 is an infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 14 32 p78r figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־ תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 whose hand is not able to reach Translate this so it is clear that the person does not have enough money to purchase a standard offering. Alternate translation: “who does not have enough money to buy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 14 34 snu5 figs-you כִּ֤י תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ 1 When you have come Here, **you** refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 14 34 u9um נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת 1 an infection of skin disease See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md). LEV 14 34 ap3a figs-abstractnouns אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 in the land of your possession If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **possession**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in the land that you possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 14 36 q9ki figs-activepassive 1 so that nothing in the house will be made unclean Once the priest declared the house to be unclean, everything in the house became unclean, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he does not need to declare anything left in the house to be unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 36 uq4m figs-metaphor 1 the house will be made unclean The house that Yahweh has stated is unfit for people to touch or live in is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 37 nv5n 1 in the depressions in the wall’s surface This means the priest is to determine whether mildew has gone deeper that just the surface of the walls. -LEV 14 40 w3za figs-activepassive 1 in which the mildew has been found If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which they found the mildew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 40 j27k figs-metaphor 1 an unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 41 kwu9 1 He will require Here “He” refers to the priest. -LEV 14 41 r6rp figs-activepassive 1 all the inside walls of the house to be scraped If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the owner scrapes all the inside walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 41 z2is figs-activepassive 1 the contaminated material that is scraped off This refers to the material with mildew on it. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the contaminated material that they scraped off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 41 y6tq figs-metaphor 1 the unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 42 bs5w figs-activepassive 1 the stones that were removed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the stones that they removed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 42 p5i3 1 they must use new clay to plaster the house Alternate translation: “they must cover the stones with new clay” +LEV 14 36 q9ki figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 so that all that is in the house will not be made unclean Once the priest declared **the house** to be unclean, everything in the house became **unclean**, as well. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he does not need to declare anything left in the house to be unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 36 uq4m figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 so that all that is in the house will not be made unclean The house that Yahweh has stated is unfit for people to touch or live in is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 37 nv5n וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר 1 and it appears to be deeper than the wall This means the priest is to determine whether mildew has gone **deeper** that just the surface of the **wall**. +LEV 14 40 j27k figs-metaphor מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא 1 an unclean place A place that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 41 kwu9 וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ 1 And he will have the house scraped Here, **he** refers to the priest. +LEV 14 41 r6rp figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִ⁠בַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב 1 And he will have the house scraped from around the house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he will tell the owner of the house to scrape it and all its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 41 y6tq figs-metaphor מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא 1 an unclean place A **place** that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 42 p5i3 וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְ⁠טָ֥ח אֶת־ הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 and take other dirt and plaster the house Alternate translation: “and they must cover the stones with new clay” LEV 14 43 bcz7 figs-activepassive 1 in the house … then replastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the house after the owner takes away the stones, scrapes the walls, and covers the new stones with clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 44 m5cx figs-metaphor 1 the house is unclean A house that is unfit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 45 j2th figs-activepassive 1 The house must be torn down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must tear the house down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 196739ce1434d8c971dfa3e5860de4ed5c4dbf4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 16:12:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3add10863e..818a2c4a64 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γε REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. -REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) +REV 1 4 unul figs-abstractnouns 1 REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 12523fd32bcf8df0f1bb296f0e810aeb54eb3350 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 16:22:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 818a2c4a64..1756c24b67 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers t REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -REV 1 4 unul figs-abstractnouns 1 +REV 1 4 unul writing-pronouns ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate the pronoun as God explicitly. (See: [[rc://en\\_ta/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From f0122e17f5a8209ced3d558061e8e6c0ba151ad3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 16:23:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1756c24b67..91b53e349a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers t REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -REV 1 4 unul writing-pronouns ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate the pronoun as God explicitly. (See: [[rc://en\\_ta/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md]]) -REV 1 4 hl5c ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is +REV 1 4 unul writing-pronouns ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate the pronoun as God explicitly. (See: [[rc://en\\_ta/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This verse continues the blessing from [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: "and may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ." From 0cec9d851dfa311c57ccf3c19de3ef7405e3a122 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 17:33:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 31 +++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 552f1f8e99..a1a25d5053 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -594,22 +594,21 @@ LEV 14 41 kwu9 וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ 1 And h LEV 14 41 r6rp figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִ⁠בַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב 1 And he will have the house scraped from around the house If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he will tell the owner of the house to scrape it and all its walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 14 41 y6tq figs-metaphor מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא 1 an unclean place A **place** that is unfit for people to occupy or to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 14 42 p5i3 וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר יִקַּ֖ח וְ⁠טָ֥ח אֶת־ הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 and take other dirt and plaster the house Alternate translation: “and they must cover the stones with new clay” -LEV 14 43 bcz7 figs-activepassive 1 in the house … then replastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the house after the owner takes away the stones, scrapes the walls, and covers the new stones with clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 44 m5cx figs-metaphor 1 the house is unclean A house that is unfit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 45 j2th figs-activepassive 1 The house must be torn down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must tear the house down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 45 hu1d figs-activepassive 1 The stones, timber, and all the plaster in the house must be carried away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They must carry away the stones, timber, and all the plaster in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 46 je7y figs-metaphor 1 whoever goes into the house … will be unclean A person whom other people may not touch and who is not acceptable for God’s purposes because he has entered the house is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 46 si4v 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 14 48 aw4s figs-activepassive 1 the house was plastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner put new clay on the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 48 h8ex figs-metaphor 1 he will pronounce the house clean A place that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 49 qk3m 1 cedar wood, and scarlet yarn, and hyssop See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 14:4](../14/04.md). -LEV 14 51 cq38 figs-activepassive 1 the blood of the killed bird If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the blood of the bird that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 14 52 k4zl 1 He will cleanse the house Alternate translation: “The priest will make the house ritually clean” -LEV 14 53 x2at figs-metaphor 1 it will be clean A house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 14 54 f451 1 infectious skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). -LEV 14 55 e1sz 1 mildew See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md). -LEV 14 56 qrw5 1 rash See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). -LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor 1 unclean or … clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 43 bcz7 figs-activepassive אַחַ֖ר חִלֵּ֣ץ אֶת־ הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֛י הִקְצ֥וֹת אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י הִטּֽוֹחַ 1 after the stones have been pulled out and after the house has been scraped off and after the plastering If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the owner takes away the stones, scrapes the walls, and covers the new stones with clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 44 m5cx figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 It is unclean A house that is unfit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 45 j2th figs-activepassive וְ⁠נָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת 1 And the house must be torn down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must tear the house down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 46 je7y figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּא֙ אֶל־ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת…יִטְמָ֖א 1 And the one who goes into the house … will be unclean A person whom other people may not touch and who is not acceptable for God’s purposes because he has entered the house is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 46 si4v עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 14 48 aw4s figs-activepassive הִטֹּ֣חַ אֶת־ הַ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 the house was plastered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the owner put new clay on the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 48 h8ex figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהַ֤ר הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 then the priest will pronounce the house clean The house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 49 qk3m וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב 1 and cedar wood, and scarlet yarn, and hyssop See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 14:4](../14/04.md). +LEV 14 51 cq38 figs-activepassive הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחוּטָ֔ה 1 the bird that was slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bird that he killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 14 52 k4zl וְ⁠חִטֵּ֣א אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 And he will cleanse the house Alternate translation: “And the priest will make the house ritually clean” +LEV 14 53 x2at figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 and it will be clean A house that is fit for people to occupy is spoken of as if it were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 14 54 f451 נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת 1 infection of skin disease See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 13:3](../13/03.md). +LEV 14 55 e1sz וּ⁠לְ⁠צָרַ֥עַת 1 and for the skin disease of See how you translated this word in [Leviticus 13:47](../13/47.md). +LEV 14 56 qrw5 וְ⁠לַ⁠סַּפַּ֖חַת 1 and for a rash See how you translated **rash** in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). +LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א…הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר 1 it is unclean … it is clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bodily fluid

This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Cleanliness

While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism 1 comes out of his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor 1 he becomes unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From dc517723ad8358aa311ef87232e6d55898e6c858 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 17:52:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 22 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index a1a25d5053..0f1b371969 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -610,31 +610,30 @@ LEV 14 55 e1sz וּ⁠לְ⁠צָרַ֥עַת 1 and for the skin disease of See LEV 14 56 qrw5 וְ⁠לַ⁠סַּפַּ֖חַת 1 and for a rash See how you translated **rash** in [Leviticus 13:6](../13/06.md). LEV 14 57 mf15 figs-metaphor הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א…הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר 1 it is unclean … it is clean People and items that other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which people may touch are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 intro zp3s 0 # Leviticus 15 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Bodily fluid

This chapter discusses fluids that come out of the body. These fluids caused a person to be unclean because of their potential to cause diseases. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Cleanliness

While these rules about cleanliness are intended to benefit the Israelites and promote their health, they also were about making Israel into a separate and holy nation, different from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism 1 comes out of his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor 1 he becomes unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 3 z6ih 1 it is unclean Alternate translation: “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean” -LEV 15 4 r4wq figs-metaphor 1 unclean The bed or anything that the man sits on that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 5 eph5 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches his bed … be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 5 u9ae 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 15 6 en8z figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 6 ufk1 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 15 7 sr1b 1 who touches the body Alternate translation: “who touches any part of the body” -LEV 15 8 j7ua figs-metaphor 1 someone who is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 8 y923 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 9 vfp5 1 saddle A saddle is a leather seat that a person puts on the back of a horse in order to ride it. -LEV 15 9 v5rf figs-metaphor 1 Any saddle … will be unclean Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 10 dsi4 1 that person This refers to the person with the infected fluid. -LEV 15 10 t3d9 figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 10 ajr2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 15 11 ga5g 1 Whomever he who has such a flow touches Alternate translation: “Whomever the person with the infected flow touches” -LEV 15 11 wx9q figs-activepassive 1 the person who was touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the person whom he touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 15 12 g4sf figs-activepassive 1 Any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must break any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 15 12 r356 figs-activepassive 1 every container of wood must be rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must rinse every wooden container in water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 15 2 rq7z figs-euphemism מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 from his body This refers to the man’s private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 15 2 t2h2 figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 makes him unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 3 z6ih טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ הִֽוא 1 it is his uncleanness Alternate translation: “his body is unclean” or “he is unclean” +LEV 15 4 r4wq figs-metaphor יִטְמָ֑א…יִטְמָֽא 1 will be unclean … will be unclean The bed or anything that the man sits on that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 5 eph5 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠מִשְׁכָּב֑⁠וֹ…וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 And a man who touches his bed … and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 5 u9ae עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 15 6 en8z figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 6 ufk1 עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 15 7 sr1b וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר 1 And the one who touches the body of Alternate translation: “And anyone who touches any part of the body” +LEV 15 8 j7ua figs-metaphor בַּ⁠טָּה֑וֹר 1 on someone who is clean The person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 8 y923 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 9 vfp5 הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב 1 saddle A **saddle** is a leather seat that a person puts on the back of a horse in order to ride it. +LEV 15 9 v5rf figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־ הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב…יִטְמָֽא 1 And any saddle … will be unclean Something that Yahweh has stated is unfit to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 10 dsi4 תַחְתָּ֔י⁠ו 1 under him Here, **him** refers to the person with the infected fluid. +LEV 15 10 t3d9 figs-metaphor יִטְמָ֖א…וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 will be unclean … and he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 10 ajr2 עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 15 11 ga5g וְ⁠כֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠זָּ֔ב 1 And anyone whom the one with a fluid discharge touches Alternate translation: “And whomever the person with the infected flow touches” +LEV 15 12 g4sf figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠זָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 And a vessel of clay that the one with a fluid discharge touches must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must break any clay pot that the one with such a flow of fluid touches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 15 12 r356 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 and every vessel of wood must be rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and someone must rinse every wooden container in water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 15 13 g7s1 figs-metaphor יִטְהַ֤ר…מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ 1 becomes cleansed from his flow The man recovering from his sickness is spoken of as if he becomes physically clean. Alternate translation: “is healed from his flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 13 oh1c figs-activepassive יִטְהַ֤ר…מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ 1 becomes cleansed from his flow If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “recovers from his flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 15 13 r4t4 figs-metaphor 1 Then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 16 p5mn figs-metaphor 1 unclean until evening People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 16 e7cj 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 15 13 r4t4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 And he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 16 p5mn figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 And he will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 16 e7cj עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” LEV 15 17 nnc6 figs-activepassive 1 Every garment … must be washed with water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must wash with water every garment or leather on which there is semen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 15 18 m4i8 figs-euphemism 1 man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 15 19 jke6 1 menstruates This word refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb. From afa9133741590a275b80d03666873aee23f152cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Wed, 4 May 2022 20:27:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 50 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 0f1b371969..e79f54d3d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -634,36 +634,34 @@ LEV 15 13 oh1c figs-activepassive יִטְהַ֤ר…מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ LEV 15 13 r4t4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 And he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 16 p5mn figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 And he will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 16 e7cj עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 15 17 nnc6 figs-activepassive 1 Every garment … must be washed with water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must wash with water every garment or leather on which there is semen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 15 18 m4i8 figs-euphemism 1 man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 15 19 jke6 1 menstruates This word refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb. -LEV 15 19 qi1y 1 her impurity will continue Alternate translation: “she will continue to be impure” -LEV 15 19 j9uv figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 20 s2rz 1 her period These words refer to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb. -LEV 15 21 q7rj 1 her bed This refers to the woman who is menstruating. -LEV 15 21 wyi5 figs-metaphor 1 that person will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 21 jfz2 1 until evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 15 24 k2wv figs-euphemism 1 If any man lies with her This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “If any man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 15 24 sj7t 1 her impure flow Alternate translation: “her unclean flow” or “the blood from her womb” -LEV 15 24 qy1k figs-metaphor 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 25 he4r 1 she will be as if she were in the days of her period This means that if the woman bleeds from her womb at any time other than her regular menstruation time, she is still unclean just like during her menstruation. -LEV 15 25 z9ja figs-metaphor 1 She is unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 26 k8wz figs-metaphor 1 everything on which she sits will be unclean Objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 27 n6w8 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever touches … will be unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 28 b471 1 But if she The word “she” refers to the woman who is menstruating. +LEV 15 17 nnc6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־ בֶּ֣גֶד וְ⁠כָל־ ע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁר־ יִהְיֶ֥ה עָלָ֖י⁠ו שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 And any garment and any leather on which there is an emission of seed must be washed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone must wash with water every garment or leather on which there is semen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 15 18 m4i8 figs-euphemism וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 And if a man lies with a woman This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “And if man has sexual relations with a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 15 19 jke6 בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ 1 in her menstruation The word **menstruation** refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb. +LEV 15 19 j9uv figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־ הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ֖⁠הּ יִטְמָ֥א 1 And any one who touches her will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 20 s2rz בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ 1 during her menstruation The word ** menstruation** refers to the time when blood flows from a woman’s womb. +LEV 15 21 q7rj בְּ⁠מִשְׁכָּבָ֑⁠הּ 1 her bed Here, **her** refers to the woman who is menstruating. +LEV 15 21 wyi5 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 And he will be unclean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 21 jfz2 עַד־ הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 15 24 k2wv figs-euphemism וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ 1 And if a man actually lies with her This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “And if any man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 15 24 sj7t נִדָּתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 her menstrual impurity Alternate translation: “her unclean flow” or “the blood from her womb” +LEV 15 24 qy1k figs-metaphor יִטְמָֽא 1 will be unclean People and objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 25 he4r כָּל־ יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ תִּהְיֶ֖ה 1 all the days of the discharge of her uncleanness will be as the days of her menstruation This means that if the woman bleeds from her womb at any time other than her regular **menstruation** time, she is still unclean just like during her menstruation. +LEV 15 25 z9ja figs-metaphor טְמֵאָ֥ה הִֽוא 1 She is unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 26 k8wz figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָֽל־ הַ⁠כְּלִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּשֵׁ֣ב עָלָ֔י⁠ו טָמֵ֣א יִהְיֶ֔ה 1 And any thing which she sits on will be unclean Objects that other people must not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 27 n6w8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־ הַ⁠נּוֹגֵ֥עַ בָּ֖⁠ם יִטְמָ֑א…וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א 1 And any one who touches them will be unclean … and he will be unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 28 b471 וְ⁠אִֽם־ טָהֲרָ֖ה 1 And if she is cleansed The word **she** refers to the woman who is menstruating. LEV 15 28 q2f4 figs-metaphor טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ 1 she is cleansed from her discharge The woman recovering from her bleeding is spoken of as if she becomes physically clean. Alternate translation: “she is healed from her flow of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 28 wynt figs-activepassive טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ 1 she is cleansed from her discharge If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she recovers from her flow of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 15 28 aw6t figs-metaphor 1 she will be clean The woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 29 c2yn 1 she will take to her Alternate translation: “she will take for herself” -LEV 15 30 ja3w 1 her unclean flow of blood Alternate translation: “her flow of blood that makes her unclean” +LEV 15 28 aw6t figs-metaphor תִּטְהָֽר 1 she will be clean The woman whom other people may touch is spoken of as if she were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 30 ja3w מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 because of her unclean fluid discharge Alternate translation: “because of her flow of blood that makes her unclean” LEV 15 31 ayf7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must separate the sons of Israel from their uncleanness Yahweh speaks of preventing the people from becoming unclean as if it were keeping the people at a safe distance from uncleanness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 15 31 qmq1 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם 1 And you must separate the sons of Israel from their uncleanness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: “And you must prevent the people of Israel from becoming unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -LEV 15 31 z8ta figs-metaphor 1 their uncleanness People whom other people may not touch and who are not acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 32 pb3a 1 These are the regulations Alternate translation: “These are the things that must be done” -LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor 1 makes him unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 15 33 z57j 1 who has a menstrual period Alternate translation: “who is menstruating” or “who is bleeding from her womb” -LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 15 31 z8ta figs-metaphor מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם 1 from their uncleanness People whom other people may not touch and who are not acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 32 pb3a זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת 1 This is the law Alternate translation: “This is what must be done” +LEV 15 32 mf54 figs-metaphor לְ⁠טָמְאָה 1 to become unclean People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 15 33 z57j וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ 1 and for the one who is sick in her menstruation Alternate translation: “and for a woman who is menstruating” or “and for a woman who is bleeding from her womb” +LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־ 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor טְמֵאָֽה 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holiness

Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Day of Atonement

This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) LEV 16 1 j5x7 1 Aaron’s two sons This refers to Nadab and Abihu. They died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)). LEV 16 3 xjg8 1 So here is how Alternate translation: “This is how” From d5d02288c8dbac4c144db6062724bf78529e0651 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 12:37:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 91b53e349a..62dcdeb887 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the test REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads aloud Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads** the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 1 3 cbzn μακάριος 1 Here, **Fortunate** and **Happy** both refer to someone who is happy as a result of God blessing that individual. A person who is blessed becomes happy as a result of God greatly benefiting that individual. Alternate translation: "Blessed" REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A "prophecy" represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) +REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A **prophecy** represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) From f66317a5d5bf8d76714b9c5dea242c7bfdefa53a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 12:54:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 62dcdeb887..a34919ef81 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ REV 1 3 cbzn μακάριος 1 Here, **Fortunate** and **Happy** both refer t REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A **prophecy** represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” -REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets the seven churches in Asia to whom he is writing the letter. +REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets seven churches in the Roman province of Asia, which is now in southwestern Turkey, to whom he is writing the letter. REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) REV 1 4 unul writing-pronouns ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate the pronoun as God explicitly. (See: [[rc://en\\_ta/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 05c4eba0ee18a67d7c1d0ab49439ca3ec337822b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 12:57:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a34919ef81..adb371ea50 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γε REV 1 3 t0q3 τῆς προφητείας 1 Here, **this prophecy** refers to the book of John's apocalypse mentioned in verse 1:1. A **prophecy** represents an act of a prophet declaring the words of God's message towards the intended audience to which God directs his prophet to speak the prophecy's contents. Prophecies relate to matters that are both within the present and also in the future, as the book of Revelation itself demonstrates. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 2 the time is near Here, **the chosen moment** represents the appointed time that God will make all the things which are mentioned in John's book of prophecy to happen within a schedule which will occur very soon, which is to say, quickly. Alternate translation: “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t Ἰωάννης ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here, John names himself as the book's author and also greets seven churches in the Roman province of Asia, which is now in southwestern Turkey, to whom he is writing the letter. -REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who {are} before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) +REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων, ἃ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits The expression is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if **Grace** and **peace** were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, and the seven spirits who are before his throne treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) REV 1 4 unul writing-pronouns ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate the pronoun as God explicitly. (See: [[rc://en\\_ta/translate/writing-pronouns/01.md]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From ceae80e7896b1a837899282625e1f3df71f2cbc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 14:21:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index adb371ea50..b4474274c8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn fro REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” REV 1 6 a4mq ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 has made us a kingdom, priests Alternate translation: “has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests” +REV 1 6 jszo 1 Alternate translation: “He made.” The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subjects of Jesus explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to one person. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 67a12ad5f3c82073dce86513af914bfccc17b33c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 14:26:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b4474274c8..429b32bdd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn fro REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” REV 1 6 a4mq ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 has made us a kingdom, priests Alternate translation: “has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests” -REV 1 6 jszo 1 Alternate translation: “He made.” The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subjects of Jesus explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He made.” The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to one person. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 16dc21ba3e7bb48a05c8618edbea1a38936ff049 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 15:02:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 429b32bdd9..a6c2e0b46a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus’ authority as king. -REV 1 7 ldv8 0 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. +REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read the following link. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 40ec360165cda780fb61aa94d194570e376895c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 15:03:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a6c2e0b46a..58e7085241 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus’ authority as king. -REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read the following link. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read the following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ae232c996cc7feb952caff6e8dd33d7ba882a9d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 15:16:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 58e7085241..38902632c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power Here, **the power** probably refers to Jesus’ authority as king. REV 1 7 ldv8 ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah. For how to translate quotations of other scripture contents, read the following link. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronoun ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds.” The subject of the clause is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 75d428f01a589e01c3c08ea756ddec8769b0b424 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 15:27:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/155] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 38902632c5..ce577e73fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@ REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Chr REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The phrase **the dead** describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back **from** among them speaks of becoming alive again. REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us Alternate translation: “has set us free” -REV 1 6 a4mq ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 has made us a kingdom, priests Alternate translation: “has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests” -REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν 1 Alternate translation: “He made.” The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) +REV 1 6 jszo writing-pronoun καὶ ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 Alternate translation: “He has separated us for his rule, he has made us priests…”. The subject of the sentence, as well as of the contents of this entire verse, is Jesus. Thus, the UST makes the subject of Jesus explicit throughout the entire verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronoun]]) REV 1 6 ne7x τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, **God** and **Father** refers to one person. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” REV 1 6 c77q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 to him be the glory and the power This is a wish or prayer. This could mean: (1) John prays that people honor his **glory** and **power**. (2) John prays that Jesus will be honored and will be able to rule completely over everyone and everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 852102ae8e75706f214cc5e476f8d60e15c787a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 15:42:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 51 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index e79f54d3d0..ada5d3d044 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -663,33 +663,30 @@ LEV 15 33 z57j וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ 1 LEV 15 33 u1j5 figs-euphemism אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־ 1 who lies with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “who has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 15 33 da8q figs-metaphor טְמֵאָֽה 1 an unclean woman People whom other people may not touch are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 16 intro g4sb 0 # Leviticus 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holiness

Because Yahweh is holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. This could only happen on a specific day, by a specific person, and only after they offered the proper sacrifice to make themselves clean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])

### Day of Atonement

This chapter gives rules for what the high priest had to do on the Day of Atonement. This was the most important day in Judaism. This is when he interceded for the sins of the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -LEV 16 1 j5x7 1 Aaron’s two sons This refers to Nadab and Abihu. They died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)). -LEV 16 3 xjg8 1 So here is how Alternate translation: “This is how” -LEV 16 4 l4te 1 undergarments clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes -LEV 16 4 w2r2 1 sash a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest -LEV 16 4 cdp7 1 turban head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth -LEV 16 5 sb1l 1 from the assembly Alternate translation: “from the congregation” -LEV 16 6 pz6c 1 the sin offering, which will be for himself Alternate translation: “the sin offering for himself” -LEV 16 8 x47b 1 the scapegoat Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away” -LEV 16 9 zfb1 1 on which the lot fell Alternate translation: “which the lot designated” -LEV 16 10 w2u4 figs-activepassive 1 But the goat … must be brought alive before Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 11 gla3 figs-explicit 1 he must kill the bull Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 16 12 qg8f 1 censer a container for fire and incense, used by the priests -LEV 16 12 rb7j 1 sweet incense This refers to the smell and not to the taste of the incense. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling incense” -LEV 16 14 q6jm 1 the blood of the bull This is the blood Aaron caught with a bowl in [Leviticus 16:11](../16/11.md). -LEV 16 14 an6m 1 sprinkle it with his finger He used his finger to splash the blood. -LEV 16 14 l8cz 1 on the front of the atonement lid He put the blood on the top part of the lid. He also put it on the side of the lid that was towards him as he entered the most holy place. -LEV 16 14 c3u7 1 before the atonement lid This could mean: (1) “below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.” -LEV 16 15 z5rn 1 He must sprinkle it on the atonement lid and then before the atonement lid Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in [Leviticus 16:14](../16/14.md). -LEV 16 16 p9s9 1 He must make atonement for the holy place because of the unclean actions of the people of Israel The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean. -LEV 16 16 p2fa 1 unclean actions … rebellion … sins These words mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins. -LEV 16 16 ie53 figs-metaphor 1 unclean actions Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 16 16 c3bl figs-metonymy 1 in the presence of their unclean actions The phrase “their unclean actions” represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 16 18 jra4 1 He must go out to the altar that is before Yahweh This is the altar of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle. -LEV 16 18 nlh4 1 make atonement for it Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people. -LEV 16 18 ugh7 1 horns of the altar This refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar” -LEV 16 19 tlc4 figs-metaphor 1 to cleanse it The altar being fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if it were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 16 19 vez3 figs-metaphor 1 set it apart to Yahweh, away from the unclean actions of the people of Israel The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically separated from the sins of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 16 1 j5x7 שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן 1 the two sons of Aaron The phrase **the two sons of Aaron** refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve ([Leviticus 10:1-2](../10/01.md)). +LEV 16 4 l4te וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ 1 and the linen undergarments These **undergarments** were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes. +LEV 16 4 w2r2 וּ⁠בְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט בַּד֙ 1 and … the linen sash A **sash** is a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest. +LEV 16 4 cdp7 וּ⁠בְ⁠מִצְנֶ֥פֶת בַּ֖ד 1 and … the linen turban A **turban** is a head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth. +LEV 16 5 sb1l וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֗ת עֲדַת֙ 1 And from the assembly of Alternate translation: “And from the congregation of” +LEV 16 6 pz6c הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑⁠וֹ 1 as the sin offering, which will be for himself Alternate translation: “as the sin offering for himself” +LEV 16 8 x47b לַ⁠עֲזָאזֵֽל 1 for the goat that departs Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “the scapegoat” or “for the goat that is sent away” +LEV 16 9 zfb1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָלָ֥ה עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל 1 on which the lot fell Alternate translation: “which the lot designated” +LEV 16 10 w2u4 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֗יר…יָֽעֳמַד־ חַ֛י 1 And the goat … must be placed alive If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But Aaron must bring the goat … alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 16 11 gla3 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁחַ֛ט 1 And he must slaughter Aaron would catch the blood of the bull in a bowl so he could later sprinkle it on the atonement lid. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And he must slaughter and catch the blood of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 16 12 qg8f מְלֹֽא־ הַ֠⁠מַּחְתָּה 1 a full censer of A **censor** is a container for fire and incense, used by the priests. +LEV 16 14 q6jm מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֔ר 1 some of the blood of the bull This is the **blood** Aaron caught with a bowl in [Leviticus 16:11](../16/11.md). +LEV 16 14 l8cz עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת 1 on the face of the atonement lid He put the blood on the top part of the **lid** that was towards him as he entered the most holy place. +LEV 16 14 c3u7 וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֗רֶת 1 And before the face of the atonement lid This could mean: (1) “And below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “And onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.” +LEV 16 15 z5rn וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ עַל־ הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּֽרֶת 1 And he must sprinkle it on the atonement lid and before the face of the atonement lid Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in [Leviticus 16:14](../16/14.md). +LEV 16 16 p9s9 וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עַל־ הַ⁠קֹּ֗דֶשׁ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 And he must make atonement for the holy place because of the uncleanness of the sons of Israel The sins of the people of **Israel** made the **holy place** unclean. +LEV 16 16 p2fa מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙…וּ⁠מִ⁠פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם…חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 because of the uncleanness of … and because of their rebellion … their sins The words **uncleanness**, **rebellion**, and **sins** mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins. +LEV 16 16 ie53 figs-metaphor מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ 1 because of the uncleanness of Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 16 16 c3bl figs-metonymy בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 in the midst of their uncleanness The phrase **their uncleanness** represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who commit sinful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 16 18 jra4 וְ⁠יָצָ֗א אֶל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֛חַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־ יְהוָ֖ה 1 And he must go out to the altar that is before the face of Yahweh This is the **altar** of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle. +LEV 16 18 nlh4 וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 and make atonement for it Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people. +LEV 16 18 ugh7 קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar” +LEV 16 19 tlc4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהֲר֣⁠וֹ 1 And he will cleanse it Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 16 19 vez3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠קִדְּשׁ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 and set it apart from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 16 19 im8f figs-metaphor 1 the unclean actions Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 16 20 c4dz 1 he must present the live goat This goat is called the scapegoat in verse [Leviticus 16:10](../16/10.md). LEV 16 21 ak31 1 confess over him Alternate translation: “confess over the goat” From f83bca7d9115b6cb7636d68f0a7ebeee84b4fa33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 16:06:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 48 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index ada5d3d044..0c243617f9 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -687,32 +687,30 @@ LEV 16 18 nlh4 וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 and make atonement for LEV 16 18 ugh7 קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 the horns of the altar The **horns of the altar** refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “the projections at the corners of the altar” LEV 16 19 tlc4 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִהֲר֣⁠וֹ 1 And he will cleanse it Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 16 19 vez3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠קִדְּשׁ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 and set it apart from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 16 19 im8f figs-metaphor 1 the unclean actions Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 16 20 c4dz 1 he must present the live goat This goat is called the scapegoat in verse [Leviticus 16:10](../16/10.md). -LEV 16 21 ak31 1 confess over him Alternate translation: “confess over the goat” -LEV 16 21 luj7 translate-symaction 1 he must put that sinfulness on the head of the goat Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the goat as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 16 21 xn8e 1 wickedness … rebellion … sins These all mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed. -LEV 16 23 d54v 1 take off the linen garments These were the special garments Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place. -LEV 16 24 aje8 1 He must bathe his body in water in a holy place Here “holy place” does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to bathe himself. -LEV 16 24 am7z 1 put on his normal garments These are the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties. -LEV 16 25 i3q5 1 He must burn Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn” -LEV 16 26 ux3v 1 The man who let the scapegoat go free must wash his clothes and bathe his body in water The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people. -LEV 16 26 wer6 1 scapegoat See how you translated this in [Leviticus 16:8](../16/08.md). Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away” -LEV 16 27 zfe4 figs-activepassive 1 whose blood was brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 27 w3zh figs-activepassive 1 must be carried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 27 siz5 1 their hides Alternate translation: “their skins.” Here “their” refers to the bull and the goat. -LEV 16 29 xdf2 figs-you 1 for you The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -LEV 16 29 b4lj translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on the western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -LEV 16 29 uo7p translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -LEV 16 30 x3yt figs-activepassive 1 atonement will be made for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 30 qxv8 figs-metaphor 1 to cleanse you … so you will be clean People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 16 31 aut2 1 It is a solemn Sabbath of rest for you This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. -LEV 16 32 xf3g figs-activepassive 1 the one who will be anointed and ordained If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one they will anoint and ordain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 16 32 t3xf 1 in his father’s place When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him. -LEV 16 32 g6n6 1 the holy garments These are special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place. -LEV 16 33 cx4j 1 for all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “for all the people of Israel” +LEV 16 19 im8f figs-metaphor מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physical **uncleanness**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 16 20 c4dz וְ⁠הִקְרִ֖יב אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֥יר הֶ⁠חָֽי 1 then he must present the live goat This **goat** is called the scapegoat in verse [Leviticus 16:10](../16/10.md). +LEV 16 21 ak31 וְ⁠הִתְוַדָּ֣ה עָלָ֗י⁠ו 1 and confess over it Alternate translation: “and confess over the goat” +LEV 16 21 xn8e עֲוֺנֹת֙…פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם…חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם 1 the wickedness of … their rebellion … their sins The words **wickedness**, **rebellion**, and **sins** mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed. +LEV 16 21 luj7 translate-symaction וְ⁠נָתַ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר 1 And he must put them on the head of the goat Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the **goat** as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 16 23 d54v וּ⁠פָשַׁט֙ אֶת־ בִּגְדֵ֣י הַ⁠בָּ֔ד 1 and take off the linen garments These were the special **garments** Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place. +LEV 16 24 aje8 וְ⁠רָחַ֨ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֤⁠וֹ בַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָד֔וֹשׁ 1 And he must bathe his body in water in a holy place Here, **holy place** does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to **bathe** himself. +LEV 16 24 am7z וְ⁠לָבַ֖שׁ אֶת־ בְּגָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 and put on his garments These **garments** were the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties. +LEV 16 25 i3q5 יַקְטִ֥יר 1 he must burn Alternate translation: “Aaron must burn” +LEV 16 26 ux3v וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְשַׁלֵּ֤חַ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִיר֙ לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 And the one who sent away the goat as a goat that departs must wash his clothes and bathe his body in water The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people. +LEV 16 26 wer6 לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל 1 as a goat that departs See how you translated this in [Leviticus 16:8](../16/08.md). Alternate translation: “the goat that is sent away” +LEV 16 27 zfe4 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּבָ֤א אֶת־ דָּמָ⁠ם֙ 1 whose blood was brought in If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose blood Aaron brought in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 16 27 w3zh figs-activepassive יוֹצִ֖יא 1 must be brought out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must carry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 16 27 siz5 אֶת־ עֹרֹתָ֥⁠ם 1 their hides Here, **their** refers to the bull and the goat. A **hide** is the skin of an animal. Alternate translation: “the skins of the bull and the goat” +LEV 16 29 xdf2 figs-you לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 for you The word **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +LEV 16 29 b4lj translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month This is the **seventh month** of the Hebrew calendar. The **tenth day** is near the end of September on the western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) +LEV 16 29 uo7p translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ 1 in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month The words **seventh** and **tenth** are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: “in month seven on day ten of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +LEV 16 30 x3yt figs-activepassive יְכַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 atonement will be made for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Aaron will make atonement for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 16 30 qxv8 figs-metaphor לְ⁠טַהֵ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּטְהָֽרוּ 1 to cleanse you … you will be clean People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically made **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 16 31 aut2 שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הִיא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 It is a sabbath of solemn rest for you This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement. +LEV 16 32 t3xf תַּ֣חַת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 in place of his father When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him. +LEV 16 32 g6n6 בִּגְדֵ֥י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 the holy garments These **holy garments** were special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place. +LEV 16 33 cx4j כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל 1 all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” LEV 16 34 p82l 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement. -LEV 16 34 fk11 figs-activepassive 1 This was done as Yahweh commanded Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did as Yahweh commanded” or “And Aaron did as Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices

Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The life of each creature is its blood”

It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) LEV 17 4 ykk1 1 before his tabernacle Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle” LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 15fda101573159801f60ea6769134ae4b5267642 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 18:16:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 0c243617f9..70819dfd15 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -712,32 +712,28 @@ LEV 16 32 g6n6 בִּגְדֵ֥י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 the holy garments T LEV 16 33 cx4j כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל 1 all the people of the assembly Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel” LEV 16 34 p82l 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must do on the Day of Atonement. LEV 17 intro eez5 0 # Leviticus 17 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifices

Sacrifices could only be offered by the priests at the temple. Any other sacrifice was strictly prohibited. This was probably intended to ensure that the people were only offering sacrifices to Yahweh and not to another god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The life of each creature is its blood”

It is unclear why the life is described as being in the blood. It is possible that diseases were more common in the blood and this is why it was prohibited. Blood is also necessary for life to continue in a creature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) -LEV 17 4 ykk1 1 before his tabernacle Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle” -LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 4 ykk1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of the dwelling of Yahweh Alternate translation: “before Yahweh’s tabernacle” +LEV 17 4 r4p2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 4 zibd figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 and that man must be cut off from among his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 5 g2ip figs-activepassive 1 to the priest to be sacrificed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the priest so he may sacrifice them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 7 szx8 figs-metaphor 1 for which they act as prostitutes The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were acting like a man who betrays his wife by committing adultery. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 17 7 e99c 1 a permanent statute for them throughout their people’s generations See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). -LEV 17 9 zxi2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that man must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 7 szx8 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 whom they prostitute themselves after The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were prostitutes who sold their bodies for money. Alternate translation: “for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 7 e99c חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם תִּֽהְיֶה־ זֹּ֥את לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This will be a permanent statute for them throughout their generations See how you translated this phrase in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md). +LEV 17 9 zxi2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that man must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off from his people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 9 cp6l figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 that man must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 10 c9dr figs-idiom 1 I will set my face against that person This idiom means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 17 10 q7r6 1 will set my face against Alternate translation: “will stare angrily at” -LEV 17 10 ppg2 figs-metaphor 1 I will cut him off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 17 11 nv7w 1 For the life of an animal is in its blood … that atones for the life This means God uses the blood to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is life. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose. -LEV 17 12 vd5b 1 I said Here “I” refers to Yahweh. -LEV 17 12 c3ee 1 no one among you must eat blood Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it” -LEV 17 13 s1lw figs-activepassive 1 that may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 13 d4ds 1 cover the blood with earth Alternate translation: “cover the blood with dirt” -LEV 17 14 abd9 figs-explicit 1 the life of each creature is its blood This means that the blood is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 17 14 z1sc figs-metaphor כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 10 c9dr figs-idiom וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י פָנַ֗⁠י בַּ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ 1 I will set my face against that person The idiom **set my face against** means he “firmly decided to oppose.” Alternate translation: “I have made up my mind to oppose that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 17 10 ppg2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 I will cut him off from among his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from **his people**, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer” or “I will separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 11 nv7w כִּ֣י נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ בַּ⁠דָּ֣ם הִוא֒…כִּֽי־ הַ⁠דָּ֥ם ה֖וּא בַּ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ יְכַפֵּֽר 1 For the life of the flesh is in its blood … For it is the blood with the life that atones This means God uses the **blood** to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is **life**. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose. +LEV 17 12 vd5b אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ 1 I said Here, **I** refers to Yahweh. +LEV 17 12 c3ee כָּל־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם לֹא־ תֹ֣אכַל דָּ֑ם 1 every person among you must not eat blood Alternate translation: “no one among you may eat meat with blood in it” +LEV 17 13 s1lw figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֑ל 1 that may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I have said they may eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 17 14 abd9 figs-explicit נֶ֣פֶשׁ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֗ר דָּמ֣⁠וֹ 1 the life of all flesh is its blood This means that the **blood** is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “each creature is able to live because of its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 17 14 z1sc figs-metaphor כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been **cut off** from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “ Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 14 f360 figs-activepassive כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת 1 All who eat it must be cut off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people” or “You must separate from his people anyone who eats blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 15 r2v4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. -LEV 17 15 bxq4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֔ה 1 that has been torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 17 15 he4j 1 is native born Alternate translation: “is an Israelite” -LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor 1 he will be unclean … Then he will be clean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 17 15 fi2a 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” -LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 17 15 bxq4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֔ה 1 or that has been torn by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “or that wild animals have killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 17 15 he4j בָּ⁠אֶזְרָ֖ח 1 among the native born Alternate translation: “among the Israelites” +LEV 17 15 iyc3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר 1 hand he will be unclean … And he will be clean The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean** and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 15 fi2a עַד־ הָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב 1 until the evening Alternate translation: “until sunset” +LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uncovering nakedness

To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations. LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism 1 My laws are what you must do, and my commandments are what you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f042bfc10bf0bb7d7778d04ef718d4d2ce7a0367 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 18:44:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 49 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 70819dfd15..add0304d9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -735,31 +735,30 @@ LEV 17 15 fi2a עַד־ הָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב 1 until the evening Alternate trans LEV 17 16 mf2b figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here a person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 17 16 ssqc figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ 1 then he must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: “then he is responsible for his own iniquity” or “then I will punish him for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 18 intro q7q3 0 # Leviticus 18 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Uncovering nakedness

To “uncover nakedness” is a euphemism for having sexual relations with someone. This chapter gives many examples of people with whom Israelites were not to have sexual relations. -LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism 1 My laws are what you must do, and my commandments are what you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism 1 to uncover nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 7 bbd7 figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 7 g9i3 figs-euphemism 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 8 z715 1 your father’s wives Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father. -LEV 18 8 pit9 1 it is your father’s nakedness Alternate translation: “you are dishonoring your father” -LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 9 i3mf 1 whether she is the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister if they have the same parents or even if she has a different mother or father. -LEV 18 9 c7dm figs-activepassive 1 whether she was raised at your home or distant from you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whether she grew up at your home or far away from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 18 10 hn2p 1 their nakedness is your own nakedness Alternate translation: “you will dishonor both them and yourself” -LEV 18 11 g9ak 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married. -LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit 1 you must not approach his wife You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 16 n7u3 1 that is your brother’s nakedness Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will also dishonor your brother” -LEV 18 17 m8gn figs-euphemism 1 Do not uncover the nakedness of This is a euphemism. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 17 qj6b 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her” -LEV 18 19 ar8x 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her” -LEV 18 19 sht5 1 the time of her uncleanness This is the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb. -LEV 18 20 l28c 1 your neighbor’s wife Alternate translation: “any man’s wife” -LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom 1 You must not give any of your children to put them into the fire The phrase “to pass through the fire” means to burn something with fire as a sacrifice. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy 1 you must not profane the name of your God Here the word “profane” means to dishonor. The word “name” represents God himself. Alternate translation: “you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism 1 Do not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 4 ev4k figs-parallelism אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֧⁠י תַּעֲשׂ֛וּ וְ⁠אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ 1 My laws you must do, and my statutes you must keep These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: “You must obey all of my laws and commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 18 4 e2a7 figs-metaphor לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 so that you walk in them Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: “so that you conduct your behavior according to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 18 6 sty1 figs-euphemism לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 to uncover nakedness The phrase **to uncover nakedness** is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 7 bbd7 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father and the nakedness of your mother you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father or your mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 7 g9i3 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 you must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 8 z715 אֵֽשֶׁת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 the wife of your father Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father, even if she was not his mother. +LEV 18 8 pit9 עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא 1 It is the nakedness of your father Alternate translation: “You would dishonor your father” +LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת בַּ֔יִת א֖וֹ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת ח֑וּץ לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠ן 1 The nakedness of your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside, you must not uncover their nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 9 i3mf בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father. +LEV 18 10 hn2p כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה 1 for they are your nakedness Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them” +LEV 18 11 g9ak בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married. +LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father's sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב 1 to his wife you must not come near You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 You must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 16 n7u3 עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא 1 That is your brother’s nakedness Alternate translation: “if you do that, you will dishonor your brother” +LEV 18 17 m8gn figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אִשָּׁ֛ה וּ⁠בִתָּ֖⁠הּ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of a woman and her daughter you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with a woman and her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 17 qj6b לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her” +LEV 18 19 sht5 בְּ⁠נִדַּ֣ת טֻמְאָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 in the impurity of her uncleanness This refers to the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb. +LEV 18 19 ar8x לְ⁠גַלּ֖וֹת עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 to uncover her nakedness Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with her” +LEV 18 20 l28c אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 your neighbor’s wife Alternate translation: “any man’s wife” +LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom וּ⁠מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠הַעֲבִ֣יר לַ⁠מֹּ֑לֶךְ 1 And you must not give any of your children to cause to pass over to Molech The phrase **to pass over to Molech** refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive for Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 And you must not profane the name of your God Here the word **profane** means to dishonor. The word **name**represents God himself. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶ֨ת…לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב 1 And you must not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 18 22 xqv3 1 that is detestable Here “detestable” refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be. LEV 18 23 d3wz figs-euphemism 1 to lie with it This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 18 24 zgw3 figs-metonymy 1 the nations are defiled This refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term “nations” is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations defiled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ef212ec94f6530dc89f762c93843c3244e098e73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 19:50:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 21 +++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index add0304d9b..c36889ad88 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -759,22 +759,19 @@ LEV 18 20 l28c אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 your neighbor’s w LEV 18 21 t7ie figs-idiom וּ⁠מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠הַעֲבִ֣יר לַ⁠מֹּ֑לֶךְ 1 And you must not give any of your children to cause to pass over to Molech The phrase **to pass over to Molech** refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: “You must not burn your children alive for Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) LEV 18 21 v6td figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 And you must not profane the name of your God Here the word **profane** means to dishonor. The word **name**represents God himself. Alternate translation: “And you must not dishonor your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 18 22 z5r6 figs-euphemism וְ⁠אֶ֨ת…לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב 1 And you must not lie with This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 22 xqv3 1 that is detestable Here “detestable” refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be. -LEV 18 23 d3wz figs-euphemism 1 to lie with it This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 18 24 zgw3 figs-metonymy 1 the nations are defiled This refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term “nations” is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations defiled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 18 25 mm7m 1 The land became defiled Alternate translation: “The people defiled the land” -LEV 18 25 l4iy figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 18 22 xqv3 תּוֹעֵבָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 That is detestable Here, **detestable** refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be. +LEV 18 23 d3wz figs-euphemism לְ⁠רִבְעָ֖⁠הּ 1 to lie down with it This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “to have sexual relations with it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 18 24 zgw3 figs-metonymy נִטְמְא֣וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 the nations … have become unclean Here, **the nations** refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term **nations** is clarified as people. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations … have defiled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +LEV 18 25 mm7m וַ⁠תִּטְמָ֣א הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 And the land became unclean Alternate translation: “And the people defiled the land” +LEV 18 25 l4iy figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if **the land vomited** the people out. Alternate translation: “I forcibly removed the people from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 18 25 smuk figs-personification וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ 1 And the land vomited out its inhabitants The **land** is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 18 26 le34 1 any of these detestable things Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things” -LEV 18 27 jm4d 1 this is the wickedness This refers to “these detestable things.” -LEV 18 28 swd7 1 Therefore be careful Alternate translation: “Therefore be careful to obey me” +LEV 18 26 le34 מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל הַ⁠תּוֹעֵבֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 any of these detestable things Alternate translation: “any of these disgusting things” LEV 18 28 a2rf figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…קָאָ֛ה 1 so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land **vomited** the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 18 28 ukwe figs-personification וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…קָאָ֛ה 1 so the land does not vomit you out … it vomited out The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could **vomit**. See how you translated these phrases in [Leviticus 18:25](../18/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -LEV 18 29 va51 0 General Information: Yahweh finishes telling Moses what the people must not do. -LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 18 29 kls3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been **cut off** from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: “the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 18 29 i0lm figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם 1 the people who do such things will be cut off from among their people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must separate the who do such things from their people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive 1 which were practiced here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 18 30 k2fr 1 by them Here “them” refers to the detestable customs. +LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 which were done here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 18 30 k2fr בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 by them Here, **them** refers to the detestable customs. LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) LEV 19 3 h3qu 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest” LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8c0bd84526e02b576564eaeb258a3da21fdb8544 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 19:54:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index c36889ad88..1dc7e5b614 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -773,11 +773,11 @@ LEV 18 29 i0lm figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָ LEV 18 30 cz9s figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 which were done here before you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the people did here before you came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 18 30 k2fr בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 by them Here, **them** refers to the detestable customs. LEV 19 intro q5dy 0 # Leviticus 19 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Obeying Yahweh

Being holy meant obeying Yahweh in all matters of a person’s life. It is not limited to offering correct sacrifices. The law helped to establish righteousness in a person’s life, as well as justice in Israel. In Israel, these concepts are closely related. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) -LEV 19 3 h3qu 1 keep my Sabbaths Alternate translation: “observe my Sabbaths” or “respect my day of rest” -LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 19 3 h3qu שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 you must keep my sabbaths Alternate translation: “you must observe my sabbaths” or “you must respect my day of rest” +LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣⁠אֱלִילִ֔ים 1 Do not turn to worthless idols Worshiping **idols** is spoken of as if it were physically turning towards them. Alternate translation: “Do not begin to worship worthless idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 19 5 us48 figs-explicit לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 you must sacrifice it for your acceptance This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive 1 it must be burned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 it must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 and what is left until the third day must be burned up in the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 7 prl2 figs-activepassive 1 If it is eaten at all If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 7 x3pj figs-activepassive 1 it must not be accepted To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 8 z5l5 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א 1 And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity A person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From dc3d086e439ec93a7f77024ff61000d2587703be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 20:30:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 31 +++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 1dc7e5b614..34845aaf4f 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -778,26 +778,25 @@ LEV 19 4 h2g1 figs-metaphor אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣⁠אֱל LEV 19 5 us48 figs-explicit לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 you must sacrifice it for your acceptance This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: “you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 19 6 l911 figs-activepassive יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 it must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 6 en6s figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 and what is left until the third day must be burned up in the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 7 prl2 figs-activepassive 1 If it is eaten at all If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 7 x3pj figs-activepassive 1 it must not be accepted To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 7 prl2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִ֛ם הֵאָכֹ֥ל יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 And if it is eaten at all If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you eat any of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 7 x3pj figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה 1 It will not be accepted To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You may not accept it for eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 8 z5l5 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א 1 And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity A person’s **iniquity** is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 19 8 zfbb figs-metonymy וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א 1 And the one who eats it must carry his iniquity Here the word **iniquity** represents the punishment for that sin. Alternate translation: “And everyone who eats the sacrifice is responsible for his own sin” or “Yahweh will punish the sin of everyone who eats the sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) LEV 19 8 hb89 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 and that person must be cut off from his people A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) LEV 19 8 e7hk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ 1 and that person must be cut off from his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person may no longer live among his people” or “you must separate that person from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 9 qum7 1 When you reap the harvest of your land, you must not completely reap the corners of your field Alternate translation: “When you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields” -LEV 19 9 nrx9 figs-explicit 1 neither will you gather all the produce of your harvest This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 19 12 ivh5 1 Do not swear by my name falsely Alternate translation: “Do not use my name to swear about something that is not true” -LEV 19 13 j36g figs-explicit 1 Do not oppress your neighbor or rob him Here “neighbor” means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 19 13 ryj6 figs-explicit 1 The wages of a hired servant must not stay with you all night until the morning Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -LEV 19 15 e8ze figs-litotes 1 Do not cause judgment to be false This double negative is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -LEV 19 15 v6dl figs-merism 1 You must not show favoritism to someone because he is poor, and you must not show favoritism to someone because he is important The words “poor” and “important” are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -LEV 19 15 z3gy 1 judge your neighbor righteously Alternate translation: “judge everyone according to what is right” -LEV 19 16 w42w 1 slander untrue, hurtful messages about other people -LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor 1 Do not hate your brother in your heart Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 19 17 mu1a 1 You must honestly rebuke your neighbor Alternate translation: “You must correct a person who is sinning” -LEV 19 19 pl6r figs-activepassive 1 clothing made of two kinds of material mixed together If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “clothing that someone made from two kinds of material” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism 1 lies with This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive 1 who is promised to a husband If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who is engaged to marry another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 9 qum7 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֧א תְכַלֶּ֛ה פְּאַ֥ת שָׂדְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 And when you harvest the harvest of your land, you must not completely harvest the edge of your field Alternate translation: “And when you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields” +LEV 19 9 nrx9 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֶ֥קֶט קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תְלַקֵּֽט 1 and you must not gather the gleaning of your harvest This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 19 12 ivh5 וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִשָּׁבְע֥וּ בִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י לַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶר 1 And you must not swear by my name falsely Alternate translation: “And do not use my name to swear about something that is not true” +LEV 19 13 j36g figs-explicit לֹֽא־ תַעֲשֹׁ֥ק אֶת־ רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תִגְזֹ֑ל 1 You must not oppress your neighbor and you must not rob Here, **neighbor** means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not hurt or rob anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 19 13 ryj6 figs-explicit לֹֽא־ תָלִ֞ין פְּעֻלַּ֥ת שָׂכִ֛יר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַד־ בֹּֽקֶר 1 The wages of a hired worker must not stay all night with you until morning Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +LEV 19 15 e8ze figs-litotes לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֨וֶל֙ בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֔ט 1 You must not do injustice in judgment The double negative **not … injustice** is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “Always judge rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +LEV 19 15 v6dl figs-merism לֹא־ תִשָּׂ֣א פְנֵי־ דָ֔ל וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֶהְדַּ֖ר פְּנֵ֣י גָד֑וֹל 1 You must not lift up the face of the poor, and you must not give preference to the face of the great The words **poor** and **great** are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: “You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +LEV 19 15 z3gy בְּ⁠צֶ֖דֶק תִּשְׁפֹּ֥ט עֲמִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 In justice you must judge your neighbor Alternate translation: “Judge everyone according to what is right” +LEV 19 16 w42w רָכִיל֙ 1 as a slanderer A **slanderer** is someone who says untrue, hurtful messages about other people. +LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 You must not hate your brother in your heart Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the **heart**. Alternate translation: “Do not continually hate your brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 19 17 mu1a הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 You must surely rebuke your fellow citizen Alternate translation: “You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning” +LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת 1 lies with This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 who is promised to a man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 20 uw2n figs-activepassive 1 but who has not been ransomed or given her freedom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 20 b33p figs-activepassive 1 must be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3a075402d5a54518a1260a9df5f2767701aba775 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: lrsallee Date: Thu, 5 May 2022 20:52:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/155] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 33 +++++++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv index 34845aaf4f..fe64e8e6fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv @@ -797,25 +797,22 @@ LEV 19 17 t7s1 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖י LEV 19 17 mu1a הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 You must surely rebuke your fellow citizen Alternate translation: “You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning” LEV 19 20 f982 figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת 1 lies with This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “has sexual relations with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) LEV 19 20 w5nn figs-activepassive נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 who is promised to a man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 20 uw2n figs-activepassive 1 but who has not been ransomed or given her freedom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 20 b33p figs-activepassive 1 must be punished If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 21 ea3a 1 A man must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance to the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering Alternate translation: “A man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting” -LEV 19 22 ff4r figs-activepassive 1 the sin which he has committed will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 23 ge88 figs-parallelism 1 then you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten … It must not be eaten Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must not eat the fruit of the trees for the first three years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -LEV 19 23 qe8e figs-activepassive 1 you must regard the fruit they produce as forbidden to be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must regard the fruit they produce as something that I have forbidden you to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 23 q42h figs-activepassive 1 The fruit must be forbidden to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forbidden the fruit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -LEV 19 23 qi36 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 20 uw2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָפְדֵּה֙ לֹ֣א נִפְדָּ֔תָה א֥וֹ חֻפְשָׁ֖ה לֹ֣א נִתַּן־ לָ֑⁠הּ 1 and she has not been ransomed at all or freedom has not been given to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 20 nfy4 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יוּמְת֖וּ 1 They must not be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 21 ea3a וְ⁠הֵבִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲשָׁמ⁠וֹ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אֶל־ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֵ֖יל אָשָֽׁם 1 And he must bring his guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting—a ram as a guilt offering Alternate translation: “And a man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting” +LEV 19 22 ff4r figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא 1 And it will be forgiven him for his sin which he has sinned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +LEV 19 23 ge88 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲרַלְתֶּ֥ם עָרְלָת֖⁠וֹ אֶת־ פִּרְי֑⁠וֹ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲרֵלִ֖ים לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 then you must regard its fruit as being uncircumcised in its foreskin. Three years it will be uncircumcised for you. It must not be eaten Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: “then you must consider the fruit of the trees to be unclean for the first three years and not eat any of it until after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +LEV 19 23 qi36 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל 1 It must not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must not eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) LEV 19 29 h86v figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Here both occurrences of the word **land** represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -LEV 19 29 poqd figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Many people practicing prostitution and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -LEV 19 31 r7ep figs-doublet 1 the dead or with spirits This could mean: (1) that “the dead” and “spirits” are two different things or (2) that this is a doublet that means “the spirits of dead people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -LEV 19 31 d3wn 1 Do not seek them out, or they will defile you Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you” -LEV 19 32 han2 translate-symaction 1 You must rise Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -LEV 19 32 kg1f 1 the gray-headed person This refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.” -LEV 19 35 l6ke 1 Do not use false measures This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things. -LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume 1 ephah This was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume 1 hin This was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet 1 must obey … and do them These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +LEV 19 29 poqd figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה 1 and the land will not fall to prostitution and the land become full of wickedness Many people practicing **prostitution** and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: “the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +LEV 19 31 r7ep הָ⁠אֹבֹת֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ הַ⁠יִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים 1 the necromancers or to the soothsayers The **necromancers** were people who claimed to speak with dead people. The **soothsayers** claimed to be able to predict what will happen in the future. The Israelites were not allowed to have anything to do with these people. +LEV 19 31 d3wn אַל־ תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ לְ⁠טָמְאָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Do not seek to become unclean by them Alternate translation: “Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you” +LEV 19 32 han2 translate-symaction תָּק֔וּם 1 you must rise Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +LEV 19 32 kg1f שֵׂיבָה֙ 1 the gray-headed person A **gray-haired person** refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.” +LEV 19 35 l6ke לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֖וֶל בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט בַּ⁠מִּדָּ֕ה בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל וּ⁠בַ⁠מְּשׂוּרָֽה 1 You must not do injustice in judgment, in measurement of length, in weight, or in quantity This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things. +LEV 19 36 wsl8 translate-bvolume אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק 1 a just ephah An **ephah** was a measurement for grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 19 36 s1cm translate-bvolume וְ⁠הִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק 1 and a just hin A **hin** was a measurement for liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +LEV 19 37 m4f5 figs-doublet וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם…וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם 1 And you must keep … and you must do These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Punishments for serious sins

This chapter compiles a list of serious sins. The most serious sins are punished by death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Euphemism

“To see someone’s nakedness” means to live as husband wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

### Metaphor

The phrase “you must carry your own guilt” is a metaphor. It is unknown what this means, but it is possible it indicates a penalty of death. LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit 1 gives any of his children to Molech Those who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive 1 must certainly be put to death. The people in the land must stone him with stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])